Owner's Manual

2010 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual M

Keys, Doors and Instruments and Driving and Operating ...... 8-1 Windows ...... 1-1 Controls ...... 4-1 Driving Information ...... 8-2 Keys and Locks ...... 1-2 Instrument Panel Starting and Operating ... 8-16 Doors ...... 1-6 Overview ...... 4-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 8-23 Vehicle Security ...... 1-7 Controls ...... 4-4 Automatic Exterior Mirrors ...... 1-10 Warning Lights, Gages, Transmission ...... 8-24 Interior Mirrors ...... 1-11 and Indicators ...... 4-8 Manual Transmission ..... 8-29 Windows ...... 1-11 Vehicle Personalization ... 4-21 Drive Systems ...... 8-31 Roof ...... 1-13 OnStar System ...... 4-23 Brakes ...... 8-32 Ride Control Systems .... 8-33 ...... 2-1 Lighting ...... 5-1 Seats and Restraints Cruise Control ...... 8-36 Head Restraints ...... 2-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 5-1 Fuel ...... 8-38 Front Seats ...... 2-3 Interior Lighting ...... 5-4 Towing ...... 8-43 Rear Seats ...... 2-7 Lighting Features ...... 5-5 Conversions and Safety Belts ...... 2-8 Infotainment System ...... 6-1 Add-Ons ...... 8-50 Airbag System ...... 2-23 Introduction ...... 6-1 Child Restraints ...... 2-37 Radio ...... 6-4 Vehicle Care ...... 9-1 Audio Players ...... 6-9 General Information ...... 9-2 Storage ...... 3-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 9-4 Storage Compartments .... 3-1 Climate Controls ...... 7-1 Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-32 Additional Storage Climate Control Systems ... 7-1 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-33 Features ...... 3-2 Air Vents ...... 7-4 Electrical System ...... 9-37 Roof Rack System ...... 3-5 Maintenance ...... 7-4 Wheels and Tires ...... 9-43 Technical Data ...... 11-1 Jump Starting ...... 9-69 Vehicle Identiﬁcation ...... 11-1 Towing ...... 9-73 Vehicle Data ...... 11-2 Appearance Care ...... 9-75 Customer Information ...... 12-1 Service and Customer Information ..... 12-1 Maintenance ...... 10-1 Reporting Safety General Information ...... 10-1 Defects ...... 12-13 Scheduled Vehicle Data Recording Maintenance ...... 10-3 and Privacy ...... 12-14 Recommended Fluids, Index ...... i-1 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 10-15 Maintenance Records ... 10-18 Introduction iii

Introduction For vehicles ﬁrst sold in Canada, Canadian Vehicle substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Pontiac Owners Division wherever it appears in Canadian Owners this manual. (Propriétaires Canadiens) This manual describes features A French language copy of that may or may not be on this manual can be obtained from your speciﬁc vehicle. your dealer/retailer or from: GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Read this manual from beginning to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de Emblem, PONTIAC, the PONTIAC end to learn about the vehicle’s ce guide en français auprès du Emblem and the name VIBE features and controls. Pictures, concessionnaire ou à l’adresse are registered trademarks of symbols, and words work together suivante: General Motors Corporation. to explain vehicle operation. Helm, Incorporated This manual includes the latest Keep this manual in the vehicle for P.O. Box 07130 information at the time it was quick reference. Detroit, MI 48207 printed. GM reserves the right to make changes after that 1-800-551-4123 time without further notice. Numéro de poste 6438 de langue française www.helminc.com

Using this Manual Symbols { CAUTION To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle use the Index in the back These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of the manual. It is an alphabetical that could hurt you or other of text. Symbols are shown along list of what is in the manual and the people. with the text describing the operation page number where it can be found. or information relating to a speciﬁc component, control, message, Cautions tell what the hazard is and gage, or indicator. Danger, Warnings, and what to do to avoid or reduce the Cautions hazard. Read these cautions. M : This symbol is shown when A notice tells about something that you need to see your owner manual can damage the vehicle. for additional instructions or information. Notice: These mean there is something that could damage * : This symbol is shown when your vehicle. you need to see a service manual Many times, this damage would for additional instructions or A circle with a slash through it is a not be covered by the vehicle’s information. safety symbol which means “Do Not,” warranty, and it could be costly. “Do not do this” or “Do not let this The notice tells what to do to help happen.” avoid the damage. A box with the word CAUTION is There are also warning labels on used to tell about things that could the vehicle which use the same hurt you or others if you were to words, CAUTION or Notice. ignore the warning. Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gage Here are some additional symbols + that may be found on the vehicle : Fuses and what they mean. For more i information on the symbol, refer : Headlamp High/Low-Beam to the index. Changer j 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : LATCH System Child Restraints * # : Air Conditioning : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : Oil Pressure } g : Audio Steering Wheel : Power Controls or OnStar® / : Remote Vehicle Start $ : Brake System Warning Light > : Safety Belt Reminders " : Charging System 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor I : Cruise Control F : Traction Control B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Windshield Washer Fluid O : Exterior Lamps

# : Fog Lamps vi Introduction

✍ NOTES Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1

Vehicle Security Keys, Doors and Vehicle Security ...... 1-7 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... 1-7 Windows Immobilizer ...... 1-9 Immobilizer Operation ...... 1-9 Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Power Mirrors ...... 1-10 Keys ...... 1-2 Folding Mirrors ...... 1-10 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 1-3 Interior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 1-11 (RKE) System Operation ...... 1-3 ...... 1-5 Windows Door Locks Windows ...... 1-11 Power Door Locks ...... 1-6 ...... 1-12 ...... 1-6 Power Windows Safety Locks Sun Visors ...... 1-12 Doors ...... 1-6 Roof Liftgate Sunroof ...... 1-13 1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Do not do any of the following to keys with a transponder: Keys • Cover the key. • Hit the key hard against other { CAUTION objects. • Expose it to high temperatures Leaving children in a vehicle with for a long time. the ignition key is dangerous for • Put the key in water. many reasons, children or others could be badly injured or even • Use the key with electromagnetic killed. They could operate the materials. power windows or other controls Any new Immobilizer key must be The key is used for the ignition, or even make the vehicle move. programmed before it will start doors, and all other locks. The windows will function with the the vehicle. See your dealer/retailer. keys in the ignition and children The key number is on the tag In an emergency, contact Roadside could be seriously injured or killed attached to the key ring. Keep this Assistance. See Roadside if caught in the path of a closing tag and give it to your dealer/retailer Assistance Program on page 12-6 window. Do not leave the keys in if a new key needs to be made. for more information. a vehicle with children. If the vehicle has an Immobilizer theft deterrent system, the key has Notice: If you ever lock your a transponder in the key that keys in the vehicle, you may have matches a decoder in the vehicle. to damage the vehicle to get in. See Immobilizer Operation on Be sure you have spare keys. page 1-9 for additional information. Keys, Doors and Windows 1-3

Remote Keyless Entry HOLD p (Panic): Press to activate (RKE) System the alarm. The lights flash and the horn sounds. The alarm turns See Radio Frequency Statement off when the ignition is turned (US, Can) on page 12-16 for to ON/RUN or HOLD p is pressed information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications again. The ignition must be in Commission (FCC) Rules and LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY RSS-210/211 of Industry and for the alarm to work. Science Canada. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Remote Keyless Entry Only RKE transmitters programmed (RKE) System Operation to this vehicle will work. If a Q (Lock): Press to lock all the The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is lost or stolen, a doors and liftgate. transmitter functions work up replacement can be purchased and to 30 feet (9 m) away from the The hazard warning flashers flash programmed through your dealer/ vehicle. once to confirm that the doors retailer. When the replacement have locked. transmitter is programmed to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters W (Unlock): Press once to unlock must also be reprogrammed. Any the driver door. If W is pressed lost or stolen transmitters will no again within three seconds, all longer work once the new transmitter remaining doors unlock. The hazard is programmed. Each vehicle can warning flashers flash twice to have up to four transmitters confirm that the door has unlocked. programmed to it. 1-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Battery Replacement The battery in the transmitter is weak and should be changed if it does not work at the normal range in any location. Notice: When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter. To replace the battery, use a ﬂat, thin non-metal object or 3. Open the module cover. 5. Insert the new battery, tape-wrapped metal object. 4. Remove the old battery. positive (+) side facing up. 1. Separate the transmitter. Replace with a CR2025 or equivalent battery. 6. Snap the module back together and replace it in the transmitter. 7. Snap the front and back of the transmitter together.

2. Remove the module. Keys, Doors and Windows 1-5

Door Locks Open the driver door, on vehicles CAUTION (Continued) with power door locks, by turning the { key in the lock toward the rear of CAUTION • Young children who get into the vehicle. unlocked vehicles may be Turn the key back toward the center Unlocked doors can be unable to get out. A child can and toward the rear again, within dangerous. be overcome by extreme heat three seconds, to unlock all of the • Passengers, especially and can suffer permanent doors. Use the key in the passenger children, can easily open injuries or even death from door to also unlock all of the doors. the doors and fall out of a heat stroke. Always lock the moving vehicle. When a door vehicle whenever leaving it. Lock a door by turning the key is locked, the handle will not • Outsiders can easily enter toward the front of the vehicle. open it. The chance of being through an unlocked door If you have power door locks, thrown out of the vehicle in when you slow down or stop all the doors will lock. a crash is increased if the your vehicle. Locking your doors are not locked. So, all To manually lock or unlock the door doors can help prevent this from the inside, move the lever passengers should wear from happening. safety belts properly and the on the door forward or rearward. doors should be locked The driver and front passenger door whenever the vehicle is To lock and unlock your vehicle open from the inside while locked. driven. from the outside, use your key or the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter, With manual locks, the key must be used to lock and unlock the (Continued) if equipped. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation liftgate. on page 1-3 for more information. 1-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Door Locks Safety Locks Doors On vehicles with this feature, the Rear door security locks prevent power door lock switch is located on passengers from opening the Liftgate the armrest of the driver and front rear doors from the inside. passenger door. { CAUTION Q : Press to lock all the doors. Exhaust gases can enter the K : Press to unlock all the doors. vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. Open the rear doors to access the If the vehicle must be driven with security locks. the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: • Close all of the windows. To set these locks, slide the lever down on each door and close it. • Fully open the air outlets on or The doors can only be opened from under the instrument panel. outside with the door unlocked. (Continued) To return the doors to normal operation, slide the lever up. Keys, Doors and Windows 1-7

CAUTION (Continued) Vehicle Security Vehicle theft is big business, • Adjust the Climate Control especially in some cities. This system to a setting that vehicle has theft-deterrent features, brings in only outside air however, they do not make it and set the fan speed to the impossible to steal. highest setting. See Climate Control System in the Index. Anti-Theft Alarm System If the vehicle is equipped with • This vehicle may have a a power liftgate, disable the theft-deterrent system that activates power liftgate function. an alarm if attempts are made to For more information about Close the liftgate by using the damage or break into the vehicle. carbon monoxide, see Engine handle to pull it down. The alarm sounds and the lights Exhaust on page 8-23. ﬂash. Lock the liftgate by inserting the Unlock and open the liftgate by key and turning it clockwise to the inserting the key, turning it ﬁrst position. counterclockwise and raise it See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) by hand. System Operation on page 1-3 for more information. 1-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

The system is armed after Testing the Alarm 30 seconds and the security To test the alarm: light will ﬂash. 1. Open all the windows. Unlocking the vehicle from the inside activates the system. 2. Set the system by closing and locking the doors and liftgate To avoid setting off the alarm make with the RKE transmitter. sure all passengers are out of Wait until the security light is the vehicle and the windows are ﬂashing. closed before arming the system. 3. Unlock the driver door from Disarming the System the inside. The system should activate the alarm. To disarm the alarm do one of the The security light is in the center of following: 4. Stop the alarm as described in the instrument panel. the disarming procedure. • Unlock the doors with the key. 5. Repeat this operation for the Arming the System • Unlock the doors and liftgate with other doors. Check that the the RKE transmitter. To arm the system: system is activated when 1. Close all the doors and the • Start the engine. the battery terminal is liftgate. disconnected and then reconnected. 2. Lock the doors and liftgate with the key or Remote Keyless If the system does not work Entry (RKE) transmitter. properly, have it checked by your The security light comes on dealer/retailer. solid. Keys, Doors and Windows 1-9

How the System Alarm is Immobilizer Operation The security light ﬂashes when the Activated system is armed. This vehicle has a passive The system activates the alarm if: theft-deterrent system. Only the correct key starts the vehicle. • A locked door or the liftgate You do not have to manually arm or is unlocked or opened without the disarm the system. If the engine does not start, there RKE transmitter. could be a problem with the The system is automatically armed • A locked door is unlocked or theft-deterrent system. Turn the when the key is removed from ignition off and try again. opened without the key. the ignition. • The liftgate is unlocked or If the engine still does not start, and opened with the key. the key appears to be undamaged, try another ignition key. Check • The battery is reconnected. the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit • The side windows are tapped or Breakers on page 9-38. broken. If the engine still does not start with Do not leave the key or device that the other key, the vehicle needs disarms or deactivates the theft service. If the vehicle does start, the deterrent system in the vehicle. ﬁrst key may be faulty. See your dealer/retailer who can service the Immobilizer theft-deterrent system and have a new key made. See Radio Frequency Statement (US, Can) on page 12-16 for The security light is in the center of information regarding Part 15 of the instrument panel. It comes the Federal Communications on if there is a problem with arming Commission (FCC) Rules and or disarming the theft-deterrent RSS-210/211 of Industry and system. Science Canada. 1-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

If any of the following conditions Exterior Mirrors 2. Use the arrows on the control occur, contact your dealer/retailer. pad to adjust the direction of • The security light stays on. Power Mirrors the mirror. • The security light does not start 3. Move the selector switch back to ﬂashing when the key is the center. This locks the mirrors removed from the ignition. in place. • The security light ﬂashes Folding Mirrors inconsistently. Manually fold the mirrors inward to See your dealer/retailer to have a prevent damage when going through new key with a transponder made. an automatic car wash. To fold, push In an emergency, contact the mirror toward the vehicle. Push Roadside Assistance Program. the mirror outward, to return to its See Roadside Assistance Program original position. on page 12-6.

Do not leave the key or device that The controls are located to disarms or deactivates the theft the left of the steering wheel deterrent system in the vehicle. on the instrument panel. The vehicle must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY to adjust the mirrors. 1. Adjust either mirror by pushing the selector switch to the L (left) or R (right). Keys, Doors and Windows 1-11

Interior Mirrors Windows

Manual Rearview Mirror { CAUTION Adjust the inside rearview mirror to see clearly behind the vehicle. Leaving children, helpless adults, Hold the mirror in the center to or pets in a vehicle with the move it up, down, and side to windows closed is dangerous. side. The day/night lever lets you They can be overcome by adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the extreme heat and suffer headlamps behind your vehicle. permanent injuries or even death Move the lever to the right for from heat stroke. Never leave a nighttime use and back to the child, a helpless adult, or a pet center for daytime use. alone in a vehicle, especially with Manual Windows the windows closed in warm or Vehicles with OnStar have three Turn the crank on the door to open hot weather. additional control buttons located at and close a manual window. the bottom of the mirror. See your dealer/retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar® System on page 4-23 for more information on the services OnStar provides. 1-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Windows AUTO (Express-Down): Press all the way down and release to lower { the driver window automatically. Pull CAUTION up at any time to stop the window from lowering. Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many o (Lock-Out): Press the lock-out reasons, children or others could button, located on the driver door, be badly injured or even killed. to disable the passenger power They could operate the power windows and again to enable them. windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move. The Only the driver window can be operated when the lock-out feature windows will function and they is used. could be seriously injured or killed On vehicles with this feature, the if caught in the path of a closing power windows only work when the window. Do not leave keys in a ignition is turned to ON/RUN or Sun Visors vehicle with children. in Retained Accessory Power Pull the visor toward you or move it (RAP). See Retained Accessory When there are children in the to the side to help reduce glare. Power (RAP) on page 8-18. rear seat use the window lockout To use the mirror, slide the attached button to prevent unintentional Switches on the driver door control cover. operation of the windows. the driver and passenger windows. Each passenger door has a switch to control that window. Press or pull the front of a switch to lower or raise a window. Keys, Doors and Windows 1-13

Roof SLIDE: Press to open the sunroof. It express opens and stops before the fully open position. Press again to Sunroof fully open. Press the switch at any On vehicles with a sunroof, the time to stop the sunroof from moving. controls are on the overhead If the sunshade is closed it opens console. The ignition must be in with the sunroof. ON/RUN or Retained Accessory CLOSE: Press to express close Power (RAP) for the sunroof the sunroof. Press again to to work. stop movement at any time. TILT: Slide the sunshade back. The sunshade must be closed Press to tilt the sunroof. Press again by hand. to stop movement at any time. DOWN: Press to lower the sunroof. Anti-Pinch Feature If there is an obstruction when the sunroof is closing, it stops and partly opens again. Remove the obstruction and press the button again to close the sunroof. 1-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

✍ NOTES Seats and Restraints 2-1

Safety System Check ...... 2-21 Child Restraints Seats and Safety Belt Care ...... 2-22 Older Children ...... 2-37 Replacing Safety Belt Infants and Young Restraints System Parts After Children ...... 2-38 a Crash ...... 2-22 Child Restraint Systems ...... 2-41 Where to Put the Airbag System Restraint ...... 2-43 Head Restraints Airbag System ...... 2-23 Lower Anchors and Tethers Head Restraints ...... 2-2 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 2-24 for Children (LATCH Active Head Restraints ...... 2-3 When Should an Airbag System) ...... 2-45 Inflate? ...... 2-26 Replacing LATCH System Front Seats What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash ...... 2-51 Seat Position ...... 2-3 Inflate? ...... 2-27 Securing Child Restraints Seat Adjustment ...... 2-4 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat Position) ...... 2-51 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 2-4 Restrain? ...... 2-28 Securing Child Restraints Folding Seatback ...... 2-6 What Will You See After (Right Front Seat Position) ....2-53 an Airbag Inflates? ...... 2-28 Rear Seats Passenger Sensing Rear Seats ...... 2-7 System ...... 2-29 Servicing the Safety Belts .....2-34 ...... 2-8 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .....2-35 Properly ...... 2-12 ...... 2-36 ...... 2-18 Airbag System Check Lap-Shoulder Belt Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Use During Parts After a Crash ...... 2-36 Pregnancy ...... 2-20 Safety Belt Extender ...... 2-21 2-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints. The rear seats have adjustable headrests in all seating positions.

{ CAUTION

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, injury in a crash. Do not drive top of the restraint is at the same press the button, located on the until the head restraints for all height as the top of the occupant’s top of the seatback, and push the occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint down. adjusted properly. chance of a neck injury in a crash. Push down on the head restraint Pull the head restraint up to after the button is released to make raise it. sure that it is locked in place. Seats and Restraints 2-3

The head restraints are not Front Seats To move a manual seat forward or designed to be removed. rearward: Always raise the rear center head Seat Position rest at least one position when there is a passenger seated there. { CAUTION

Active Head Restraints You can lose control of the Active Head Restraint System vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the The vehicle has an active head vehicle is moving. The sudden restraint system in the front seating movement could startle and positions. These automatically tilt confuse you, or make you push forward to reduce the risk of neck a pedal when you do not want to. injury if the vehicle is hit from behind. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicle is not moving. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. Try to move the seat to be sure it is locked in place. 2-4 Seats and Restraints

Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks { CAUTION

{ CAUTION If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden You can lose control of the stop or crash. That could cause vehicle if you try to adjust a injury to the person sitting there. manual driver’s seat while the Always push and pull on the vehicle is moving. The sudden seatbacks to be sure they are movement could startle and locked. confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicle is not moving. The driver seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the seat. To raise or lower the seat, pull up or push down on the lever repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height. Seats and Restraints 2-5

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Sitting in a reclined position when The lap belt cannot do its job the vehicle is in motion can be either. In a crash, the belt could dangerous. Even when buckled go up over your abdomen. The up, the safety belts cannot do belt forces would be there, not their job when reclined like this. at your pelvic bones. This could The shoulder belt cannot do its cause serious internal injuries. job because it will not be against For proper protection when the To recline the seatback: your body. Instead, it will be in vehicle is in motion, have the 1. Lift the recline lever. front of you. In a crash, you could seatback upright. Then sit well go into it, receiving neck or other back in the seat and wear the 2. Move the seatback to the desired injuries. safety belt properly. position, then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. (Continued) On vehicles with manual reclining 3. Push and pull on the seatback to seatbacks the lever used to operate make sure it is locked. them is located on the outboard To return the seatback to an upright side of the seat. position: 1. Lift the lever fully, without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. 2-6 Seats and Restraints

Folding Seatback { CAUTION

{ CAUTION Things you put on this seatback can strike and injure people in a If you fold the seatback forward to sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. carry longer objects, such as skis, Remove or secure all items be sure any such cargo is not near before driving. an airbag. In a crash, an inﬂating airbag might force that object On vehicles with this feature, the toward a person. This could seatback folds down to allow for cause severe injury or even death. more cargo space. When the area Secure objects away from the area is not being used for more cargo in which an airbag would inﬂate. space or as a temporary table, put 3. Pull up on one of the levers For more information, see Where the seatback in the locked, upright located on either side of the back Are the Airbags? on page 2-24. position. Only adjust the seat when of the passenger seatback. the vehicle is not moving. 4. Fold the seatback down. To fold the seatback down: 1. Move the seat rearward. 2. Lower the head restraint to the lowest position and make sure the seatback is at the most upright position and locked. Seats and Restraints 2-7

To raise the seatback: Rear Seats 1. Pull up on one of the levers You can fold either side of the located on either side of the back seatback down. The rear right side of the passenger’s seatback. seatback can also be used as a 2. Pull the seatback up and push it temporary table while the vehicle back to lock it into place. Make is stopped. sure the safety belt is not twisted or caught in the seatback. { CAUTION 3. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is A rear seatback folded forward, locked into position. or any other object contacting or pressing the front seatback may 4. Use the reclining front seatback 3. Pull up on the lock release knob, affect the proper functioning of lever to adjust the seatback to a located on the top outboard side comfortable position. the passenger sensing system. of the seatback. See Passenger Sensing System on page 2-29. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may To fold either seatback down: cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the 1. Move the front seat forward safety belts and return them to and the seatback to the upright their normal stowed position position. before folding a rear seat. 2. Move the headrests all the 4. Fold the seatback down. way down. 2-8 Seats and Restraints

To raise the seatback: { CAUTION Safety Belts 1. Pull the seatback up and This section of the manual describes push it back to lock it into place. If either seatback is not locked, it how to use safety belts properly. The safety belts should not be could move forward in a sudden It also describes some things not twisted or caught in the seatback. stop or crash. That could cause to do with safety belts. { injury to the person sitting there. CAUTION Always push and pull on the { CAUTION seatbacks to be sure they are A safety belt that is improperly locked. Do not let anyone ride where routed, not properly attached, a safety belt cannot be worn or twisted will not provide the properly. In a crash, if you or your protection needed in a crash. passenger(s) are not wearing The person wearing the belt could safety belts, the injuries can be be seriously injured. After raising much worse. You can hit things the rear seatback, always check inside the vehicle harder or be to be sure that the safety belts are ejected from the vehicle. You and properly routed and attached, and your passenger(s) can be seriously are not twisted. injured or killed. In the same crash, you might not be, if you are 2. Push and pull the top of the buckled up. Always fasten your seatback to check that it is locked safety belt, and check that your into position. passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Seats and Restraints 2-9

In most states and in all Canadian Why Safety Belts Work { CAUTION provinces, the law requires wearing When you ride in or on anything, safety belts. Here is why: It is extremely dangerous to ride you go as fast as it goes. in a cargo area, inside or outside You never know if you will be in a of a vehicle. In a collision, people crash. If you do have a crash, you do riding in these areas are more not know if it will be a serious one. likely to be seriously injured or A few crashes are mild, and some killed. Do not allow people to ride crashes can be so serious that even in any area of your vehicle that buckled up, a person would not is not equipped with seats and survive. But most crashes are in safety belts. Be sure everyone in between. In many of them, people your vehicle is in a seat and using who buckle up can survive and a safety belt properly. sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. After more than 40 years of safety Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose See Safety Belt Reminders on belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. it is just a seat on wheels. page 4-11 for additional information. In most crashes buckling up does matter... a lot! 2-10 Seats and Restraints

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield... Seats and Restraints 2-11

Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt? A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safety belt or not. But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. And you can unbuckle a safety or the instrument panel... or the safety belts! belt, even if you are upside down. With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why to stop. You stop over more distance, should I have to wear safety and your strongest bones take the belts? forces. That is why safety belts make A: Airbags are supplemental such good sense. systems only; so they work with safety belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. That is true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other collisions. 2-12 Seats and Restraints

Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your never drive far from home, Properly passenger(s) wear a safety belt, why should I wear safety there is important information belts? This section is only for people of you should know. adult size. A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you are in a crash — even Be aware that there are special one that is not your fault — you things to know about safety belts and your passenger(s) can be and children. And there are different hurt. Being a good driver does not rules for smaller children and infants. protect you from things beyond If a child will be riding in the vehicle, your control, such as bad drivers. see Older Children on page 2-37 or Infants and Young Children on Most accidents occur within page 2-38. Follow those rules for 25 miles (40 km) of home. everyone’s protection. And the greatest number of It is very important for all occupants serious injuries and deaths to buckle up. Statistics show that occur at speeds of less unbelted people are hurt more often Sit up straight and always keep than 40 mph (65 km/h). in crashes than those who are your feet on the ﬂoor in front of you. Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts. The lap part of the belt should be Occupants who are not buckled up worn low and snug on the hips, can be thrown out of the vehicle just touching the thighs. In a crash, in a crash. And they can strike this applies force to the strong pelvic others in the vehicle who are bones and you would be less likely wearing safety belts. to slide under the lap belt. Seats and Restraints 2-13

If you slid under it, the belt would Q: What is wrong with this? apply force on your abdomen. { CAUTION This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt You can be seriously hurt if your should go over the shoulder and shoulder belt is too loose. In a across the chest. These parts of crash, you would move forward the body are best able to take belt too much, which could increase restraining forces. injury. The shoulder belt should ﬁt snugly against your body. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It will not give as much protection this way. 2-14 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION

You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose. In a crash, you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs.

A: The lap belt is too loose. It will A: The belt is buckled in the wrong not give nearly as much buckle. protection this way. Seats and Restraints 2-15

Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong your belt goes over an armrest place like this. In a crash, the belt like this. The belt would be much would go up over your abdomen. too high. In a crash, you can slide The belt forces would be there, not under the belt. The belt force on the pelvic bones. This could would then be applied on the cause serious internal injuries. abdomen, not on the pelvic Always buckle your belt into the bones, and that could cause buckle nearest you. serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is over an armrest. 2-16 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also, the belt would apply too much force to the ribs, which are not as strong as shoulder bones. You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen. The shoulder A: The shoulder belt is worn under belt should go over the shoulder A: The belt is behind the body. the arm. It should be worn over and across the chest. the shoulder at all times. Seats and Restraints 2-17

Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured by You can be seriously injured by a not wearing the lap-shoulder belt twisted belt. In a crash, you would properly. In a crash, you would not not have the full width of the belt be restrained by the shoulder belt. to spread impact forces. If a belt Your body could move too far is twisted, make it straight so it forward increasing the chance of can work properly, or ask your head and neck injury. You might dealer/retailer to ﬁx it. also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across go over the shoulder and across the body. the chest. 2-18 Seats and Restraints

Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if If the latch plate will not go fully you pull the belt across you very into the buckle, check if the All seating positions in the vehicle quickly. If this happens, let the correct buckle is being used. have a lap-shoulder belt. belt go back slightly to unlock it. The following instructions explain Then pull the belt across you how to wear a lap-shoulder belt more slowly. properly. If the shoulder portion of a 1. Adjust the seat so you can sit up passenger belt is pulled out straight. To see how, see “Seats” all the way, the child restraint in the Index. locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

The buckle for the center rear passenger position (A) has the word CENTER on it. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 2-21. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull Position the release button on the belt across you. Do not let the buckle so that the safety belt it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the could be quickly unbuckled if buckle until it clicks. necessary. Seats and Restraints 2-19

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster height adjuster, move it to the The vehicle has a shoulder belt height that is right for you. height adjuster for the driver and See “Shoulder Belt Height right front passenger seating Adjustment” later in this section positions. for instructions on use and important safety information. Adjust the height so that the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull shoulder portion of the belt is up on the shoulder belt. centered on the shoulder. The belt should be away from It may be necessary to pull the face and neck, but not falling stitching on the safety belt off of the shoulder. Improper through the latch plate to fully shoulder belt height adjustment tighten the lap belt on smaller To unlatch the belt, push the button could reduce the effectiveness of occupants. on the buckle. The belt should the safety belt in a crash. return to its stowed position. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. 2-20 Seats and Restraints

pretensioners cannot be seen, they Safety Belt Use During are part of the safety belt assembly. They can help tighten the safety belts Pregnancy during the early stages of a moderate Safety belts work for everyone, to severe frontal and near frontal including pregnant women. Like all crash if the threshold conditions occupants, they are more likely to be for pretensioner activation are met. seriously injured if they do not wear And, if the vehicle has side impact safety belts. airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash. If the passenger sensing system detects that there is not a passenger Push down on the release button in the right front passenger position, and move the height adjuster to the the safety belt pretensioner for desired position. The adjuster can be that position will not activate. moved up by pushing on the front of See Passenger Sensing System the height adjuster. on page 2-29. After the adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the desired position, try to move it down pretensioners activate in a crash, without pushing the button to make they will need to be replaced, and sure it has locked into position. A pregnant woman should wear a probably other new parts for your lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion safety belt system. See Replacing Safety Belt Pretensioners should be worn as low as possible, Safety Belt System Parts After a below the rounding, throughout This vehicle has safety belt Crash on page 2-22. pretensioners for the front outboard the pregnancy. occupants. Although the safety belt Seats and Restraints 2-21

The best way to protect the fetus is When a safety belt extender is Safety System Check to protect the mother. When a safety installed in the right front passenger belt is worn properly, it is more likely safety belt, make sure the passenger Now and then, check that the safety that the fetus will not be hurt in a airbag status indicator displays belt reminder light, safety belts, crash. For pregnant women, as for ON. See Passenger Airbag Status buckles, latch plates, retractors and anyone, the key to making safety Indicator on page 4-13.Ifthe anchorages are working properly. belts effective is wearing them indicator shows OFF, disconnect Look for any other loose or damaged properly. the extender’s latch from the buckle safety belt system parts that might then reconnect the safety belt. keep a safety belt system from doing Safety Belt Extender The passenger airbag status its job. See your dealer/retailer to indicator light should be ON have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten and then the safety belt extender safety belts may not protect you in around you, you should use it. can be reconnected. If the safety a crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or But if a safety belt is not long belt extender is used while the frayed, get a new one right away. enough, your dealer/retailer will passenger airbag status indicator order you an extender. When you go light is OFF, the right front passenger Make sure the safety belt reminder in to order it, take the heaviest coat frontal and seat-mounted side impact light is working. See Safety Belt you will wear, so the extender will be airbags (if equipped) may not Reminders on page 4-11 for more long enough for you. To help avoid activate correctly. information. personal injury, do not let someone Always disconnect the extender Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the from the safety belt after you See Safety Belt Care on page 2-22. seat it is made to ﬁt. The extender use it so that the airbag will work has been designed for adults. properly the next time someone Never use it for securing child seats. uses that seat. To wear it, just attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. 2-22 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of System Parts After safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. But the safety belt assemblies a Crash that were used during any crash { CAUTION may have been stressed or { CAUTION damaged. See your dealer/retailer Do not bleach or dye safety belts. to have the safety belt assemblies It may severely weaken them. A crash can damage the inspected or replaced. In a crash, they might not be able safety belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be to provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in serious the time of the crash. injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the safety belt Have the safety belt pretensioners systems are working properly after checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, have them inspected and a crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start any necessary replacements made the vehicle or while you are driving. as soon as possible. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-12. Seats and Restraints 2-23

Airbag System All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed in to know about the airbag system: This vehicle has the following the trim or on an attached label near airbags: the deployment opening. { CAUTION • A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word • A frontal airbag for the right front AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or passenger. part of the steering wheel for the killed in a crash if you are not driver and on the instrument panel wearing your safety belt — even if The vehicle may have the following for the right front passenger. you have airbags. Airbags are airbags: With seat-mounted side impact designed to work with safety belts, • A seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG but do not replace them. Also, airbag for the driver. will appear on the side of the airbags are not designed to deploy • A seat-mounted side impact seatback closest to the door. in every crash. In some crashes airbag for the right front safety belts are your only restraint. With roof-rail airbags, the word passenger. See When Should an Airbag AIRBAG will appear along the Inflate? on page 2-26. • A roof-rail airbag for the driver headliner or trim. and the passenger seated Wearing your safety belt during a directly behind the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance of the protection provided by safety hitting things inside the vehicle or • A roof-rail airbag for the belts. Even though today’s airbags being ejected from it. Airbags are right front passenger and the are also designed to help reduce the passenger seated directly behind “supplemental restraints” to the risk of injury from the force of an safety belts. Everyone in your the right front passenger. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate vehicle should wear a safety belt very quickly to do their job. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. 2-24 Seats and Restraints

There is an airbag readiness { CAUTION { CAUTION light on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, or The system checks the airbag faster than the blink of an eye. very close to, any airbag when it electrical system for malfunctions. Anyone who is up against, or very inflates can be seriously injured or The light tells you if there is an close to, any airbag when it inflates killed. Airbags plus lap-shoulder electrical problem. See Airbag can be seriously injured or killed. belts offer protection for adults and Readiness Light on page 4-12 for Do not sit unnecessarily close to older children, but not for young more information. the airbag, as you would be if you children and infants. Neither the were sitting on the edge of your vehicle’s safety belt system nor Where Are the Airbags? seat or leaning forward. Safety its airbag system is designed for belts help keep you in position them. Young children and infants before and during a crash. Always need the protection that a child wear your safety belt, even with restraint system can provide. airbags. The driver should sit as Always secure children properly far back as possible while still in your vehicle. To read how, see maintaining control of the vehicle. Older Children on page 2-37 or Occupants should not lean on or Infants and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 2-38. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. The driver frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel. Seats and Restraints 2-25

The right front passenger frontal If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags for airbag is in the instrument panel on the driver, right front passenger, and CAUTION (Continued) the passenger’s side. second row outboard passengers, they are in the ceiling above the side Do not use seat accessories windows. that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. { CAUTION Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags If something is between an by routing a rope or tie down occupant and an airbag, the airbag through any door or window might not inflate properly or it might opening. If you do, the path of force the object into that person an inflating roof-rail airbag will causing severe injury or even be blocked. death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not Driver Side shown, put anything between an occupant Passenger Side similar and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel If the vehicle has seat-mounted side hub or on or near any other airbag impact airbags for the driver and right covering. front passenger, they are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. (Continued) 2-26 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to Inflate? different crash speeds. For example: inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear • If the vehicle hits a stationary impacts, or in many side impacts. Frontal airbags are designed to object, the airbags could inflate Frontal airbags for the driver and inflate in moderate to severe frontal at a different crash speed than if right front passenger may also or near-frontal crashes to help the vehicle hits a moving object. deploy if a serious impact occurs to reduce the potential for severe the underside of the vehicle such as injuries mainly to the driver or right • If the vehicle hits an object that hitting a curb, falling into a deep hole, front passenger head and chest. deforms, the airbags could inflate or landing hard. However, they are only designed at a different crash speed than if In addition, the vehicle has to inflate if the impact exceeds a the vehicle hits an object that dual-stage frontal airbags. predetermined deployment does not deform. Dual-stage airbags adjust the threshold. Deployment thresholds • If the vehicle hits a narrow object restraint according to crash severity. are used to predict how severe a (like a pole), the airbags could The vehicle has electronic frontal crash is likely to be in time for the inflate at a different crash speed sensors, which help the sensing airbags to inflate and help restrain than if the vehicle hits a wide system distinguish between a the occupants. object (like a wall). moderate frontal impact and a more Whether the frontal airbags will • If the vehicle goes into an object severe frontal impact. For moderate or should deploy is not based on at an angle, the airbags could frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags how fast the vehicle is traveling. inflate at a different crash speed inflate at a level less than full It depends largely on what you than if the vehicle goes straight deployment. For more severe frontal hit, the direction of the impact, into the object. impacts, full deployment occurs. and how quickly your vehicle slows down. Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design. Seats and Restraints 2-27

The vehicle has seat-mounted is intended to deploy on the side of What Makes an Airbag side impact and roof-rail airbags. the vehicle that is struck. A roof-rail See Airbag System on page 2-23. airbag is intended to deploy on the Inflate? Seat-mounted side impact and side of the vehicle that is struck. It is In a deployment event, the sensing roof-rail airbags are intended to possible that, in a crash involving the system sends an electrical signal inflate in moderate to severe side rear side of your vehicle, that only the triggering a release of gas from the crashes. Seat-mounted side impact roof-mounted airbag will deploy. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the and roof-rail airbags will inflate if the airbag causing the bag to break out In any particular crash, no one crash severity is above the system’s of the cover and deploy. The inflator, can say whether an airbag should designed threshold level. The vehicle the airbag, and related hardware are have inflated simply because of has sensors which detect side all part of the airbag module. the damage to a vehicle or because impacts. These sensors signal the of what the repair costs were. Frontal airbag modules are located appropriate side impact airbag to For frontal airbags, inflation is inside the steering wheel and inflate. The threshold level can vary determined by what the vehicle instrument panel. For vehicles with with specific vehicle design. hits, the angle of the impact, and seat-mounted side impact airbags, Seat-mounted side impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down. there are airbag modules in the side roof-rail airbags are not intended to For seat-mounted side impact and of the front seatbacks closest to the inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal roof-rail airbags, deployment is door. For vehicles with roof-rail impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. determined by the location and airbags, there are airbag modules in A seat-mounted side impact airbag severity of the side impact. the ceiling of the vehicle, near the side windows that have occupant seating positions. 2-28 Seats and Restraints

How Does an Airbag What Will You See After { Restrain? an Airbag Inflates? CAUTION In moderate to severe frontal or After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there near frontal collisions, even belted seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust occupants can contact the steering inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems wheel or the instrument panel. quickly that some people may not for people with a history of asthma In moderate to severe side collisions, even realize an airbag inflated. or other breathing trouble. even belted occupants can contact Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the the inside of the vehicle. partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon Airbags supplement the protection they deploy. Some components of as it is safe to do so. If you have provided by safety belts. Frontal the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot get airbags distribute the force of the several minutes. For location of the out of the vehicle after an airbag impact more evenly over the airbag modules, see What Makes inflates, then get fresh air by occupant’s upper body, stopping an Airbag Inflate? on page 2-27. opening a window or a door. If you the occupant more gradually. experience breathing problems Seat-mounted side impact and The parts of the airbag that come roof-rail airbags distribute the force into contact with you may be warm, following an airbag deployment, of the impact more evenly over the but not too hot to touch. There may you should seek medical attention. occupant’s upper body. be some smoke and dust coming But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated The vehicle has a feature that may types of collisions, primarily because airbags. Airbag inflation does not automatically unlock the doors, turn the occupant’s motion is not toward prevent the driver from seeing out the interior lamps on, and turn the those airbags. See When Should an of the windshield or being able to hazard warning flashers on when Airbag Inflate? on page 2-26 for steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent the airbags inflate. You can lock more information. people from leaving the vehicle. the doors, turn the interior lamps off, Airbags should never be regarded and turn the hazard warning flashers as anything more than a supplement off by using the controls for those to safety belts. features. Seats and Restraints 2-29

In many crashes severe enough to Passenger Sensing OFF will be visible depending on inflate the airbag, windshields are whether the seat is occupied and/or broken by vehicle deformation. System the weight of the occupant. If the Additional windshield breakage The vehicle has a passenger seat is unoccupied, the light will not may also occur from the right front sensing system for the right front be visible after the system check. passenger airbag. passenger position. The passenger See Passenger Airbag Status • Airbags are designed to inflate airbag status indicator will be visible Indicator on page 4-13. in the instrument panel when the only once. After an airbag inflates, The passenger sensing system will vehicle is started. you will need some new parts for turn off the right front passenger the airbag system. If you do not frontal airbag and seat-mounted get them, the airbag system will side impact airbag under certain not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system conditions. The driver airbags and will include airbag modules and the roof-rail airbags are not affected possibly other parts. The service by the passenger sensing system. manual for your vehicle covers The passenger sensing system will the need to replace other parts. also turn off the right front passenger • The vehicle has a crash sensing frontal airbag, seat-mounted side and diagnostic module which impact airbag (if equipped), and records information after a crash. safety belt pretensioner if it detects See Vehicle Data Recording and that there is no occupant in that Privacy on page 12-14 and Event position. Data Recorders on page 12-14. The words ON and OFF will be The passenger sensing system • Let only qualified technicians work visible during the system check. works with sensors that are part on the airbag systems. Improper When the system check is complete, of the right front passenger seat. service can mean that an airbag either the word ON or the word system will not work properly. See your dealer/retailer for service. 2-30 Seats and Restraints

The sensors are designed to detect A label on the sun visor says, the presence of a properly-seated “Never put a rear-facing child seat CAUTION (Continued) occupant and determine if the right in the front.” This is because the risk front passenger frontal airbag and to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing seat-mounted side impact airbag if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right (if equipped) should be enabled front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate) or not. { CAUTION and seat-mounted side impact According to accident statistics, airbag (if equipped), no system children and infants are safer A child in a rear-facing child is fail-safe. No one can guarantee when properly restrained in a child restraint can be seriously injured or that an airbag will not deploy restraint system or infant restraint killed if the right front passenger under some unusual system secured in a rear seating airbag inflates. This is because circumstance, even though position. the back of the rear-facing child the airbag(s) are off. We recommend that children be restraint would be very close to Secure rear-facing child restraints secured in a rear seat, including: the inflating airbag. A child in a in a rear seat, even if the airbag(s) an infant or a child riding in a forward-facing child restraint can are off. If you secure a rear-facing child restraint; a child be seriously injured or killed if forward-facing child restraint in the riding in a forward-facing child seat; the right front passenger airbag right front seat, always move the an older child riding in a booster inflates and the passenger seat front passenger seat as far back as seat; and children, who are is in a forward position. it will go. It is better to secure the large enough, using safety belts. (Continued) child restraint in a rear seat. Seats and Restraints 2-31

The passenger sensing system is • The right front passenger seat is When the passenger sensing designed to turn off the right front occupied by a smaller person, system has allowed the airbags passenger frontal airbag and such as a child who has outgrown and pretensioner to be enabled, seat-mounted side impact airbag child restraints. the on indicator will light and stay (if equipped) if: lit to remind you that the airbags • Or, if there is a critical problem and pretensioner are active. • The right front passenger seat is with the airbag system or the unoccupied. passenger sensing system. For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for • The system determines that an When the passenger sensing very small adults, the passenger infant is present in a rear-facing system has turned off the right sensing system may or may not infant seat. front passenger frontal airbag and turn off the right front passenger seat-mounted side impact airbag • The system determines that a frontal airbag and seat-mounted (if equipped), the off indicator will small child is present in a child side impact airbag (if equipped), light and stay lit to remind you that restraint. depending upon the person’s seating the airbags are off. See Passenger posture and body build. Everyone in • The system determines that Airbag Status Indicator on the vehicle who has outgrown child a small child is present in a page 4-13. booster seat. restraints should wear a safety belt The passenger sensing system is properly — whether or not there is an • A right front passenger takes designed to turn on (may inﬂate) the airbag for that person. his/her weight off of the seat for a right front passenger frontal airbag period of time. and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped) anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat. 2-32 Seats and Restraints

If the airbag readiness light and the If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child OFF light in the passenger airbag Child Restraint restraint and restarting the status indicator come on together, vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, it may mean there is a malfunction If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly in the passenger sensing system. and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback Secure the child in the child restraint 1. Turn the vehicle off. and adjust the seat cushion, if in a rear seat position in the vehicle 2. Remove the child restraint from adjustable, to make sure that the and check with your dealer/retailer. the vehicle. vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat { 3. Remove any additional items cushion. CAUTION from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat 6. Also make sure the child restraint If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. is not trapped under the vehicle comes on and stays on, it means head restraint. If this happens, that something may be wrong with 4. Reinstall the child restraint with adjust the head restraint. the airbag system. To help avoid the ignition key in the ACC or See Head Restraints on injury to yourself or others, have LOCK position while following the page 2-2. directions provided by the child the vehicle serviced right away. If the on indicator is still lit, secure See Airbag Readiness Light on restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints the child in the child restraint in page 4-12 for more information, (Rear Seat Position) on a rear seat position in the vehicle, including important safety page 2-51 or Securing Child and check with your dealer/retailer. information. Restraints (Right Front Seat Position) on page 2-53. Seats and Restraints 2-33

If the Off Indicator is Lit for an system to detect that person and Additional Factors Affecting Adult-Size Occupant enable the right front passenger System Operation frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped): Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the 1. Turn the vehicle off. seat during vehicle maneuvers 2. Remove any additional material and braking, which helps the from the seat, such as blankets, passenger sensing system maintain cushions, seat covers, seat the passenger airbag status. heaters, or seat massagers. See “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 3. Place the seatback in the fully information about the importance upright position. of proper restraint use. 4. Have the person sit upright in A thick layer of additional material, the seat, centered on the seat such as a blanket or cushion, or cushion, with legs comfortably aftermarket equipment such as If a person of adult-size is sitting in extended. seat covers, seat heaters, seat the right front passenger seat, but 5. Restart the vehicle and have the backpacks, and seat massagers the off indicator is lit, it could be person remain in this position for can affect how well the passenger because that person is not sitting two to three minutes after the sensing system operates. We properly in the seat. If this happens, on indicator is lit. recommend that you not use use the following steps to allow the seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your speciﬁc vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 2-35 for more information about modiﬁcations that can affect how the system operates. 2-34 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system may the buckle then reconnect the safety Servicing the suppress the airbag deployment belt. The passenger airbag status when liquid soaks into the seat. indicator light should be ON and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle If this happens, the off indicator then the safety belt extender can Airbags affect how the vehicle in the passenger airbag status be reconnected. If the safety belt should be serviced. There are indicator and the airbag readiness extender is used while the passenger parts of the airbag system in light will be lit. Have your airbag status indicator light is OFF, several places around the vehicle. dealer/retailer check the system. the right front passenger frontal and Your dealer/retailer and the service seat-mounted side impact airbags (if manual have information about An object, person or child in the servicing the vehicle and the airbag equipped) may not activate correctly. rear seat contacting or pressing system. To purchase a service the right front passenger seatback, manual, see Service Publications or objects stowed under the right { CAUTION Ordering Information on page 12-12. front passenger seat, may affect the proper functioning of the passenger Stowing of articles under the { CAUTION sensing system. passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and When a safety belt extender is For up to 10 seconds after the seatback may interfere with the used in the right front passenger ignition is turned off and the seat, make sure the passenger proper operation of the passenger battery is disconnected, an airbag airbag status indicator shows sensing system. can still inflate during improper ON. If the indicator shows OFF, service. You can be injured if you disconnect the extender’s latch from are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. Seats and Restraints 2-35

Adding Equipment to the which includes sensors that Customer Assistance are in Airbag-Equipped are part of the passenger seat. Step Two of the Customer The passenger sensing system Satisfaction Procedure in Vehicle may not operate properly if the this manual. See Customer Q: Is there anything I might add original seat trim is replaced Satisfaction Procedure on to or change about the vehicle with non-GM covers, upholstery page 12-1. or trim, or with GM covers, that could keep the airbags Q: Because I have a disability, from working properly? upholstery or trim designed for a I have to get my vehicle A: Yes. If you add things that different vehicle. Any object, such modiﬁed. How can I ﬁnd out change the vehicle’s frame, as an aftermarket seat heater or a whether this will affect my bumper system, height, front end comfort enhancing pad or device, airbag system? installed under or on top of the or side sheet metal, they may A: If you have questions, call seat fabric, could also interfere keep the airbag system from Customer Assistance. The phone with the operation of the working properly. Changing or numbers and addresses for passenger sensing system. moving any parts of the front Customer Assistance are in This could either prevent proper seats, safety belts, the airbag Step Two of the Customer deployment of the passenger sensing and diagnostic module, Satisfaction Procedure in airbag(s) or prevent the steering wheel, instrument panel, this manual. See Customer passenger sensing system from roof-rail airbag modules, ceiling Satisfaction Procedure on properly turning off the passenger headliner or pillar garnish trim, page 12-1. front sensors, side impact airbag(s). See Passenger In addition, your dealer/retailer and sensors, or airbag wiring can Sensing System on page 2-29. the service manual have information affect the operation of the airbag If you have questions, call about the location of the airbag system. Customer Assistance. The phone sensors, sensing and diagnostic In addition, the vehicle has a numbers and addresses for module and airbag wiring. passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position, 2-36 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inﬂates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. The airbag system does not need Parts After a Crash See your dealer/retailer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the { CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on airbag readiness light is working. after the vehicle is started or comes See Airbag Readiness Light A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag on page 4-12 for more information. airbag systems in your vehicle. system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See A damaged airbag system may not Notice: If an airbag covering Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-12 work properly and may not protect is damaged, opened, or broken, for more information. the airbag may not work properly. you and your passenger(s) in a Do not open or break the airbag crash, resulting in serious injury or coverings. If there are any opened even death. To help make sure or broken airbag covers, have your airbag systems are working the airbag covering and/or airbag properly after a crash, have them module replaced. For the inspected and any necessary location of the airbag modules, replacements made as soon as see What Makes an Airbag possible. Inﬂate? on page 2-27. See your dealer/retailer for service. Seats and Restraints 2-37

Child Restraints that booster. Use a booster seat Q: What is the proper way to with a lap-shoulder belt until wear safety belts? the child passes the below fit test: Older Children A: An older child should wear a • Sit all the way back on the lap-shoulder belt and get the seat. Do the knees bend at the additional restraint a shoulder belt seat edge? If yes, continue. can provide. The shoulder belt If no, return to the booster seat. should not cross the face or neck. • Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. The lap belt should fit snugly Does the shoulder belt rest on the below the hips, just touching the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, top of the thighs. This applies belt then return to the booster seat. force to the child’s pelvic bones in • Does the lap belt fit low and snug a crash. It should never be worn on the hips, touching the thighs? If over the abdomen, which could yes, continue. If no, return to the cause severe or even fatal booster seat. internal injuries in a crash. • Can proper safety belt fit be Older children who have outgrown According to accident statistics, maintained for the length of the booster seats should wear the children and infants are safer when trip? If yes, continue. If no, return vehicle’s safety belts. properly restrained in a child restraint to the booster seat. system or infant restraint system The manufacturer’s instructions that secured in a rear seating position. come with the booster seat, state the weight and height limitations for In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. 2-38 Seats and Restraints

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Never do this. Never do this. Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt belt can not properly spread the behind their back. A child can be impact forces. In a crash, the two seriously injured by not wearing children can be crushed together the lap-shoulder belt properly. and seriously injured. A safety In a crash, the child would not be belt must be used by only one restrained by the shoulder belt. person at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child Infants and Young might also slide under the lap Children belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. Everyone in a vehicle needs That could cause serious or fatal protection! This includes infants injuries. The shoulder belt should and all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Seats and Restraints 2-39

Children who are not restrained { CAUTION properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is { wrapped around their neck and CAUTION the safety belt continues to tighten. Never do this. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children Never hold an infant or a child to play with the safety belts. while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts will become so heavy it is not offer protection for adults and older possible to hold it during a crash. children, but not for young children For example, in a crash at only and infants. Neither the vehicle’s 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) safety belt system nor its airbag infant will suddenly become a system is designed for them. Every 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person’s time infants and young children ride arms. An infant should be secured in vehicles, they should have the in an appropriate restraint. protection provided by appropriate child restraints. 2-40 Seats and Restraints

For most basic types of child { CAUTION restraints, there are many different models available. Never do this. When purchasing a child Children who are up against, or restraint, be sure it is designed very close to, any airbag when it to be used in a motor vehicle. If it inﬂates can be seriously injured is, the restraint will have a label or killed. Never put a rear-facing saying that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer’s restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. If you height limitations for a particular must secure a forward-facing child Q: What are the different types of add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there restraint in the right front seat, are many kinds of restraints always move the front passenger A: Add-on child restraints, which available for children with special seat as far back as it will go. are purchased by the vehicle’s needs. owner, are available in four basic types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child’s weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. Seats and Restraints 2-41

Child Restraint Systems { CAUTION { CAUTION

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child’s hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle’s regular need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low because an infant’s neck is not on the hip bones, as it should. fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around the weighs so much compared with child’s abdomen. In a crash, the the rest of its body. In a crash, belt would apply force on a body an infant in a rear-facing child area that is unprotected by any restraint settles into the restraint, bony structure. This alone could so the crash forces can be cause serious or fatal injuries. distributed across the strongest To reduce the risk of serious or part of an infant’s body, the back fatal injuries during a crash, young (A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat and shoulders. Infants should children should always be secured A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides always be secured in rear-facing in appropriate child restraints. restraint with the seating surface child restraints. against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. 2-42 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ CAUTION

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle’s safety belt or LATCH system, following the instructions (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats that came with that child restraint A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child and the instructions in this manual. provides restraint for the child’s body restraint designed to improve the ﬁt with the harness. of the vehicle’s safety belt system. To help reduce the chance of injury, A booster seat can also help a child the child restraint must be secured in to see out the window. the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Child Restraint Systems on page 2-41 for more information. Seats and Restraints 2-43

Children can be endangered in a Securing the Child Within the Where to Put the crash if the child restraint is not Child Restraint properly secured in the vehicle. Restraint According to accident statistics, When securing an add-on child { CAUTION children and infants are safer when restraint, refer to the instructions that properly restrained in a child restraint come with the restraint which may be A child can be seriously injured system or infant restraint system on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or killed in a crash if the child is secured in a rear seating position. or both, and to this manual. The child not properly secured in the child restraint instructions are important, restraint. Secure the child properly We recommend that children and so if they are not available, obtain following the instructions that child restraints be secured in a rear a replacement copy from the came with that child restraint. seat, including: an infant or a child manufacturer. riding in a rear-facing child restraint; a child riding in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured seat; an older child riding in a booster child restraint can move around in a seat; and children, who are large collision or sudden stop and injure enough, using safety belts. people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. 2-44 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says, When securing a child restraint in “Never put a rear-facing child CAUTION (Continued) a rear seating position, study the restraint in the front.” This is instructions that came with the child because the risk to the rear-facing Even if the passenger sensing restraint to make sure it is compatible child is so great, if the airbag system has turned off the right with this vehicle. deploys. front passenger frontal airbag, no Wherever a child restraint is system is fail-safe. No one can installed, be sure to secure the { CAUTION guarantee that an airbag will not child restraint properly. deploy under some unusual A child in a rear-facing child circumstance, even though it Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around restraint can be seriously injured or is turned off. in a collision or sudden stop killed if the right front passenger Secure rear-facing child restraints and injure people in the vehicle. airbag inflates. This is because in a rear seat, even if the airbag is Be sure to properly secure any the back of the rear-facing child off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the vehicle — even restraint would be very close to child restraint in the right front seat, when no child is in it. the inflating airbag. A child in a always move the front passenger forward-facing child restraint can seat as far back as it will go. It is be seriously injured or killed if better to secure the child restraint the right front passenger airbag in a rear seat. inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. See Passenger Sensing System on page 2-29 for additional (Continued) information. Seats and Restraints 2-45

Lower Anchors and a top tether, you must also use either Lower Anchors Tethers for Children the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. (LATCH System) A child restraint must never be The LATCH system holds a child installed using only the top tether restraint during driving or in a crash. and anchor. This system is designed to make In order to use the LATCH system in installation of a child restraint easier. the vehicle, you need a child restraint The LATCH system uses anchors that has LATCH attachments. The Lower anchors (A) are metal in the vehicle and attachments child restraint manufacturer provides bars built into the vehicle. on the child restraint that are made instructions on how to use the child There are two lower anchors for use with the LATCH system. restraint and its attachments. The for each LATCH seating position Make sure that a LATCH-compatible following explains how to attach a that will accommodate a child child restraint is properly installed child restraint with these attachments restraint with lower attachments (B). using the anchors, or use the in the vehicle. vehicle’s safety belts to secure the Not all vehicle seating positions or restraint, following the instructions child restraints have lower anchors that came with that restraint, and and attachments or top tether also the instructions in this manual. anchors and attachments. When installing a child restraint with 2-46 Seats and Restraints

Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have Lower Anchor and Top Tether a single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for A top tether (A, C) anchors the top the child restraint. of the child restraint to the vehicle. Rear Seat A top tether anchor is built into i the vehicle. The top tether (Top Tether Anchor): Seating attachment (B) on the child restraint positions with top tether anchors. connects to the top tether anchor in j (Lower Anchor): Seating the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of positions with two lower anchors. the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Seats and Restraints 2-47

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must To assist you in locating the lower be attached. anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, According to accident statistics, near the crease between the children and infants are safer when seatback and the seat cushion. properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. The top tether anchors are located See Where to Put the Restraint on on the ﬂoor of the rear cargo area. page 2-43 for additional information. Open the cover to access the anchors. If the vehicle has a cargo mat, you may need to fold it back to access the top tether anchors. To assist you in locating the top Be sure to use an anchor located on tether anchors, the top tether anchor the same side of the vehicle as the symbol is located on the cover. seating position where the child restraint will be placed. 2-48 Seats and Restraints

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { CAUTION { CAUTION System Do not attach more than one Children can be seriously injured { child restraint to a single anchor. or strangled if a shoulder belt is CAUTION Attaching more than one child wrapped around their neck and restraint to a single anchor could the safety belt continues to If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment to tighten. Buckle any unused safety not attached to anchors, the child come loose or even break during belts behind the child restraint so restraint will not be able to protect a crash. A child or others could children cannot reach them. Pull the child correctly. In a crash, the be injured. To reduce the risk of the shoulder belt all the way out child could be seriously injured or serious or fatal injuries during a of the retractor to set the lock, if killed. Install a LATCH-type child crash, attach only one child your vehicle has one, after the restraint properly using the restraint per anchor. child restraint has been installed. anchors, or use the vehicle’s safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came Notice: Do not let the LATCH with the child restraint and the attachments rub against the instructions in this manual. vehicle’s safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. Seats and Restraints 2-49

Do not fold the empty rear 2. If the child restraint manufacturer 2.4. Route, attach, and tighten seat with a safety belt buckled. recommends that the top tether the top tether according This could damage the safety belt be attached, attach and tighten to the child restraint or the seat. Unbuckle and return the top tether to the top tether instructions and the the safety belt to its stowed anchor, if equipped. Refer to the following instructions: position, before folding the seat. child restraint instructions and the 1. Attach and tighten the lower following steps: attachments to the lower anchors. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. If the child restraint does not have 2.2. If the vehicle has a cargo lower attachments or the desired mat, you may need to fold seating position does not have it back to access the lower anchors, secure the child top tether anchors. restraint with the top tether and 2.3. Open the top tether anchor the safety belts. Refer to the cover to expose the anchor. child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or 1.2. Put the child restraint on head restraint and you are the seat. using a single tether, route 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower the tether over the seatback. attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2-50 Seats and Restraints

If the position you are using If the position you are using If the position you are using does not have a headrest or has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest head restraint and you are or head restraint and you are or head restraint and you using a dual tether, route the using a dual tether, route the are using a single tether, tether over the seatback. tether around the headrest or raise the headrest or head head restraint. restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts. 3. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. Seats and Restraints 2-51

Replacing LATCH If the vehicle has the LATCH system System) on page 2-45 for how to System Parts After a and it was being used during a crash, install the child restraint using new LATCH system parts may be LATCH. If a child restraint is secured Crash needed. in a seating position using a safety New parts and repairs may be belt and it uses a top tether, see { CAUTION necessary even if the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for system was not being used at Children (LATCH System) on A crash can damage the LATCH the time of the crash. page 2-45 for top tether anchor system in the vehicle. A damaged locations. LATCH system may not properly Securing Child Restraints Do not secure a child restraint in a secure the child restraint, resulting (Rear Seat Position) position without a top tether anchor if in serious injury or even death in a national or local law requires that a crash. To help make sure the When securing a child restraint the top tether be anchored, or if the LATCH system is working properly in a rear seating position, study the instructions that come with the child after a crash, see your dealer/ instructions that came with the child restraint say that the top strap must retailer to have the system restraint to make sure it is compatible be anchored. inspected and any necessary with this vehicle. In Canada, the law requires that replacements made as soon If the child restraint has the LATCH forward-facing child restraints have as possible. system, see Lower Anchors and a top tether, and that the tether Tethers for Children (LATCH be attached. 2-52 Seats and Restraints

If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 2-43. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run buckle until it clicks. all the way out of the retractor to the lap and shoulder portions of If the latch plate will not go fully set the lock. the vehicle’s safety belt through into the buckle, check if the or around the restraint. The child correct buckle is being used. restraint instructions will show Position the release button you how. on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Seats and Restraints 2-53

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint (Right Front Seat manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use of the top Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH seat is a safer place to secure System) on page 2-45 for more a forward-facing child restraint. information. See Where to Put the Restraint 7. Push and pull the child restraint on page 2-43. in different directions to be sure In addition, the vehicle has a it is secure. passenger sensing system which is To remove the child restraint, designed to turn off the right front 5. To tighten the belt, push down unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and passenger frontal and seat-mounted on the child restraint, pull the let it return to the stowed position. side impact airbag under certain shoulder portion of the belt to If the top tether is attached to a top conditions. See Passenger Sensing tighten the lap portion of the belt, tether anchor, disconnect it. System on page 2-29 and Passenger and feed the shoulder belt back Airbag Status Indicator on page 4-13 into the retractor. When installing for more information, including a forward-facing child restraint, it important safety information. may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. 2-54 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat CAUTION (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and in the front.” This is because the risk Tethers for Children (LATCH to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing System) on page 2-45 for how and if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag, no using LATCH. If a child restraint is { CAUTION system is fail-safe. No one can secured in the seating position using guarantee that an airbag will not a safety belt and it uses a top tether, A child in a rear-facing child deploy under some unusual see Lower Anchors and Tethers restraint can be seriously injured or circumstance, even though it for Children (LATCH System) on page 2-45 for top tether anchor killed if the right front passenger is turned off. locations. airbag inflates. This is because Secure rear-facing child restraints Do not secure a child seat in a the back of the rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag is position without a top tether anchor restraint would be very close to off. If you secure a forward-facing if a national or local law requires the inflating airbag. A child in a child restraint in the right front seat, forward-facing child restraint can that the top tether be anchored, always move the front passenger or if the instructions that come be seriously injured or killed if seat as far back as it will go. It is the right front passenger airbag with the child restraint say that better to secure the child restraint the top strap must be anchored. inflates and the passenger seat in a rear seat. is in a forward position. In Canada, the law requires See Passenger Sensing System that forward-facing child restraints (Continued) on page 2-29 for additional have a top tether, and that the tether information. be attached. Seats and Restraints 2-55

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal and seat-mounted side impact airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt light and stay lit when you start buckle until it clicks. all the way out of the retractor to the vehicle. See Passenger Position the release button on set the lock. Airbag Status Indicator on the buckle so that the safety belt page 4-13. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 2-56 Seats and Restraints

If the airbags are off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System on page 2-29 for more information. To remove the child restraint, 6. To tighten the belt, push down unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and on the child restraint, pull the let it return to the stowed position. shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. 7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. Storage 3-1

Storage Storage Compartments

Storage Compartments Glove Box Glove Box ...... 3-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Cupholders ...... 3-1 open it. Front Storage ...... 3-2 Overhead Console ...... 3-2 Cupholders Center Console Storage ...... 3-2 There are cupholders located in Additional Storage Features the console area between the front Cargo Cover ...... 3-2 seats. Load Rails and Hooks ...... 3-4 Cargo Tie Downs ...... 3-4 There are also cupholders that fold Cargo Management System ....3-4 out from the back of the center console. Roof Rack System Roof Rack ...... 3-5 There are also molded bottle holders located in the front and rear doors.

The cupholder size can be adjusted by changing the location of the provided insert. 3-2 Storage

Front Storage Additional Storage The driver storage compartment Features is located near the left side of the steering column on the bottom of the Cargo Cover instrument panel. Pull up on the lever For vehicles equipped with a to open the cover. cargo cover. Overhead Console Using the cargo cover: If your vehicle has an overhead 1. Remove the cargo cover from its console, push on the cover to open. storage location. 2. Unfold the cargo cover. Center Console Storage 4. Attach the center hook to the To access the center console center head restraint. storage area, pull up on the lock release lever to raise the upper cover { CAUTION and access the tray storage. Pull up on the lower release lever to raise An improperly stored cargo cover the tray and access more storage. could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. If the cover is removed, always store it in the proper storage location. When it is 3. Attach the hooks to the indented replaced, always be sure that slots on the sides of the rear it is securely reattached. cargo area. Storage 3-3

Folding the Cargo Cover: 1. Hold the cargo cover with both hands.

3. Twist the other side in the opposite direction. 5. Make sure the cover’s three circles are side by side. 6. Return the cover to its 2. Bend one side of the cover storage bag. toward the body.

4. Make a small circle, and then fold the cover inward. 3-4 Storage

Load Rails and Hooks Cargo Tie Downs There are hooks for hanging items The cargo tie down straps and in the cabin, luggage compartment, hooks are intended to be used to and in the cargo management secure a ﬂat tire or other items. system, if the vehicle has one. The tie down hooks are located in the rear cargo area. The straps are On the front passenger side, press under the rear ﬂoor panel. the hook to open and use it. There is a weight limit of 44 lb (20 kg). To use, hook the end of the straps to the hooks in a criss-cross pattern. The luggage compartment hooks Pull on the straps at the buckle to should only be used to hang tighten as needed. items under 7 lb (3 kg). To use: For vehicles with a cargo Cargo Management 1. Open the cover. management system, open the deck System 2. Unfold the side panels out and lid to hang items under 5 lb (2.3 kg). lock them into place to hold up A cargo management system, for the cover. vehicles that have it, can be used for organizing and separating items 3. Hook the nets into the cover in the rear of the vehicle. slots to use as dividers. There are also hooks on the inside cover to hold items. Additional storage is available on both sides of the cargo management system. Turn the knobs to the UNLOCK position, and remove the deck boards to access the storage area. Storage 3-5

Roof Rack System To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure cross rails and cargo are securely Roof Rack fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of { CAUTION gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden If something is carried on top of braking or abrupt maneuvers, the vehicle that is longer or wider otherwise it may result in loss of than the roof rack — like paneling, control. If driving for a long distance, plywood, or a mattress — the wind on rough roads, or at high speeds, can catch it while the vehicle is occasionally stop the vehicle to make being driven. The item being sure the cargo remains in its place. carried could be violently torn off, Notice: Loading cargo on the Do not exceed the maximum vehicle and this could cause a collision, roof rack that weighs more than capacity when loading the vehicle. and damage the vehicle. Never 75 kg (165 lbs) or hangs over For more information on vehicle carry something longer or wider the rear or sides of the vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle than the roof rack on top of the may damage the vehicle. Load Limits on page 8-12. vehicle unless using a GM Load cargo so that it rests evenly Certiﬁed accessory carrier. between the crossrails, making sure to fasten cargo securely. 3-6 Storage

✍ NOTES Instruments and Controls 4-1

Warning Lights, Gages, and Speed Sensitive Power Instruments and Indicators Steering (SSPS) Warning Light ...... 4-18 Warning Lights, Gages, and ® Controls Indicators ...... 4-8 StabiliTrak Indicator Light ....4-18 Instrument Cluster ...... 4-9 Traction Control System Speedometer ...... 4-10 (TCS) Warning Light ...... 4-19 Odometer ...... 4-10 Tire Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Instrument Panel Overview Trip Odometer ...... 4-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light .....4-19 Instrument Panel Overview .....4-2 Tachometer ...... 4-10 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-20 Fuel Gage ...... 4-10 Security Light ...... 4-20 Controls High-Beam on Light ...... 4-20 .....4-4 Engine Coolant Steering Wheel Adjustment Temperature Gage ...... 4-11 Fog Lamp Light ...... 4-20 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 4-4 ...... 4-11 Lamps on Reminder ...... 4-20 ...... 4-5 Safety Belt Reminders Horn Airbag Readiness Light ...... 4-12 Taillamp Indicator Light ...... 4-21 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 4-5 Low Washer Fluid Warning ....4-6 Passenger Airbag Status Rear Window Wiper/Washer Indicator ...... 4-13 Light ...... 4-21 Power Outlets (Accessory ...... 4-14 Cruise Control Light ...... 4-21 ...... 4-6 Charging System Light Power Outlets) Malfunction Door Ajar Light ...... 4-21 Power Outlets (115 Volt Indicator Lamp ...... 4-14 Alternating Current) ...... 4-7 Vehicle Personalization ...... 4-8 Brake System Warning ...... 4-21 Cigarette Lighter Light ...... 4-17 Vehicle Personalization Ashtrays ...... 4-8 Antilock Brake System OnStar System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 4-17 OnStar® System ...... 4-23 Service All-Wheel Drive Light ...... 4-18 4-2 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Panel Overview Instruments and Controls 4-3

The main components of the K. Front Storage on page 3-2. T. Cigarette Lighter (If Equipped) instrument panel are the following: L. Hood on page 9-5. or Accessory Power Outlet. A. Power Mirrors on page 1-10. Cigarette Lighter on page 4-8 or M. Steering Wheel Controls on Power Outlets (Accessory Power B. Air Vents on page 7-4. page 4-4. Outlets) on page 4-6 or Power C. Turn and Lane-Change Signals N. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Outlets (115 Volt Alternating on page 5-3. page 4-4. Current) on page 4-7. D. Instrument Cluster on page 4-9. O. Horn on page 4-5. U. Shift Lever. Automatic E. Windshield Wiper/Washer on P. Cruise Control on page 8-36 Transmission (Four Speed page 4-5. (If Equipped). Automatic) on page 8-24 or Automatic Transmission (Five F. Passenger Airbag Status Q. Ignition Positions on page 8-16. Speed Automatic) on page 8-27 Indicator on page 4-13. R. Tire Pressure Reset Button or Manual Transmission on Passenger Sensing System (Out of View). See Tire Pressure page 8-29. on page 2-29. Security Light Monitor Operation on page 9-52. on page 4-20. V. Power Outlets (Accessory Power S. Power Outlet 115 Volt Outlets) on page 4-6 or Power G. Hazard Warning Flashers on Alternating On/Off Button. Outlets (115 Volt Alternating page 5-3. See Power Outlets (Accessory Current) on page 4-7. H. AM-FM Radio on page 6-4. Power Outlets) on page 4-6 or W. Climate Control Systems on Power Outlets (115 Volt I. Traction Control System (TCS) on page 7-1. page 8-33. Alternating Current) on page 4-7. X. Load Rails and Hooks on J. Anti-Theft Alarm System on page 3-4. page 1-7. Y. Glove Box on page 3-1. 4-4 Instruments and Controls

Controls Steering Wheel Controls ª«(Next/Previous): Press to select the next or previous radio Steering Wheel station, CD track, or MP3 folder. Adjustment • Press ª or « to go to the next A tilt and telescope wheel lets the or previous preset station. steering wheel position be adjusted. • Press and hold ª or « until a beep is heard to go to the next or previous radio station. Only stations with a strong signal will be selected. • Press ª or « to go to the next or previous CD track. For vehicles with audio steering • Press and hold ª or « until a wheel controls some audio controls beep is heard to continuously go can be adjusted at the steering to the next or previous track. wheel. They include the following: MODE: Press to turn the audio − q + (Volume): Press to decrease system on or to select between AM, The adjustment lever is located on or increase the volume. FM, XM™ (if equipped), CD, or AUX. the left side of the steering column. Press and hold to turn the audio Pull the lever down to move the system off. steering wheel up or down and in or out. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the tilt and telescope lever while driving. Instruments and Controls 4-5

Horn Move the lever to one of the damaged, get new blades or following positions: blade inserts. See Wiper Blade Press near or on the horn symbols Replacement on page 9-30. on the steering wheel pad to sound z (Mist): Move the lever to mist, the horn. for a single wiping cycle and then Heavy snow or ice can overload release. The wipers stop after the wipers. A circuit breaker stops Windshield Wiper/Washer one wipe. them until the motor cools. Windshield Washer ( (Off): Turns the wipers off. Pull the lever toward you to spray & (Intermittent): Move the lever washer fluid on the windshield. to choose a delayed wiping cycle. The spray continues until the lever is released. The wipers will run a For vehicles with the variable few times. See Washer Fluid on intermittent feature, the time page 9-24 for information on filling between wipes can be adjusted. the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Turn the & band for a longer or shorter delay interval. { CAUTION q (Low): Slow wipes. In freezing weather, do not use The windshield wiper/washer lever l (High): Fast wipes. your washer until the windshield is located on the right side of the is warmed. Otherwise the washer Clear snow and ice from the wiper steering column. fluid can form ice on the blades before using them. If the windshield, blocking your vision. blades are frozen to the windshield, loosen or thaw them. If they become 4-6 Instruments and Controls

Rear Window Always turn off electrical { CAUTION equipment when not in use and Wiper/Washer do not plug in equipment that In freezing weather, do not use Z Rear Wiper: Turn the end of exceeds the maximum amperage your washer until the windshield the lever to low or high, to turn rating. is warmed. Otherwise the washer on the rear window wiper. fluid can form ice on the This circuit is protected by a fuse and has a maximum current level. y windshield, blocking your vision. (Low): Slow wipes. Do not use equipment exceeding the maximum amperage rating. x (High): Fast wipes. Power Outlets Certain power accessory plugs = (Rear Washer): Turn the end of (Accessory Power may not be compatible to the power the lever up or down as far as it will Outlets) accessory outlet and could result go, to spray washer fluid on the rear in a blown vehicle or adapter fuse. window. The knob automatically Accessory power outlets can be See your dealer/retailer for additional returns from these positions after used to plug in electrical equipment, information on the power accessory it is released. such as a cellular phone. plugs. The windshield washer reservoir is The vehicle has an accessory Notice: Adding any electrical used for the windshield and the rear power outlet on the center floor equipment to the vehicle can window. Check the fluid level in the console below the shift lever. damage it or keep other reservoir if either washer is not To use the outlet, the ignition components from working as working. See Washer Fluid on must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ they should. The repairs would page 9-24. ACCESSORY. Pull down the not be covered by the vehicle small cover to access the outlet. warranty. Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage Notice: Leaving electrical rating of 20 amperes. Check equipment on for extended with your dealer/retailer before periods will drain the battery. adding electrical equipment. Instruments and Controls 4-7

When adding electrical equipment, circuit will cut the power supply. be sure to follow the proper The power automatically restarts installation instructions included when equipment that operates with the equipment. within the limit is plugged in. Notice: Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty. The power outlet is not designed for Do not hang any type of accessory the following electrical equipment or accessory bracket from the and they may not work properly: plug because the power outlets Equipment with high initial peak are designed for accessory power • plugs only. The power outlet is located below wattage: cathode-ray tube type the shift lever. televisions, compressor-driven refrigerators, or electric power Before using the outlet, turn on the Power Outlets (115 Volt tools. Alternating Current) ignition and press the button located on the instrument panel below the • Other equipment requiring an Electrical equipment with a climate control system. An indicator extremely stable power supply: maximum limit of 115 VAC can light in the button comes on. After microcomputer-controlled electric be plugged into this power outlet. using the outlet, press the button blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc. If the equipment used requires again to turn it off. more than the limit, a protection 4-8 Instruments and Controls

Cigarette Lighter and other electrical equipment. See Warning Lights, Power Outlets (Accessory Power For vehicles with a lighter, push Outlets) on page 4-6 or Power Gages, and Indicators the lighter down and it will pop up Outlets (115 Volt Alternating Warning lights come on when there when it is ready to be used. The Current) on page 4-7. ignition switch must be in the could be a problem with a vehicle ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN function. Some warning lights come position to use the lighter. Ashtrays on briefly when the engine is started For vehicles with a removable to indicate they are working. Notice: Holding a cigarette ashtray, it is located in the front lighter in while it is heating does Gages can indicate when there cupholder in the center console could be a problem with a vehicle not let the lighter back away from storage area. the heating element when it is hot. function. Often gages and warning Damage from overheating can Notice: If papers, pins, or other lights work together to indicate occur to the lighter or heating flammable items are put in the a problem with the vehicle. element, or a fuse could be blown. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other When one of the warning lights Do not hold a cigarette lighter in smoking materials could ignite comes on and stays on while driving, while it is heating. them and possibly damage the or when one of the gages shows vehicle. Never put flammable It is not recommended to use the there may be a problem, check the items in the ashtray. cigarette lighter to plug in auxiliary section that explains what to do. electrical equipment. Use the Follow this manual’s advice. Waiting accessory power outlet for phones to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Instruments and Controls 4-9

Instrument Cluster This feature is designed to show at a glance how the vehicle is running. It shows vehicle speed, how much fuel is left in the fuel tank and many other things needed to drive safely and economically.

United States Base Cluster shown, Canada similar 4-10 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Trip Odometer Temperature Display The speedometer shows the The trip odometer shows how far the The outside air temperature is vehicle’s speed in both kilometers vehicle has been driven since the trip displayed on the center of the per hour (km/h) and miles per odometer was last set to zero. instrument panel, within the trip hour (mph). odometer. The display shows the outside air temperature in Fahrenheit Odometer with a range from −40°F to 122°F (−40°C to 50°C). The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, Tachometer in either kilometers or miles. The tachometer displays the This vehicle has a tamper-resistant The button located above the engine speed in revolutions per odometer. If the vehicle needs a new odometer allows switching between minute (rpm). odometer installed, the new one is the odometer and the trip odometer. set to the mileage total of the old odometer. If this is not possible, it is Fuel Gage set at zero and a label is put on the driver’s door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed. If the mileage is unknown, the label should then indicate “previous mileage unknown”. To set the trip odometer to zero, press and hold the button. United States Canada The fuel gage shows about how much fuel is in the fuel tank. An arrow on the fuel gage indicates Instruments and Controls 4-11 that the fuel filler door is on the driver • The gage moves a little when you Safety Belt Reminders side of the vehicle. The fuel gage turn, stop or speed up. works only when the ignition switch is When the engine is started, a chime • The gage does not go back to E turned to ON/RUN. When the gage will sound for several seconds to or empty when you turn off the first indicates E or empty, there is still remind people to fasten their safety ignition. about 2 gallons ( 7.6 L) of fuel left, belts, unless the driver safety belt is but more needs to be added right already buckled. away. When the vehicle is low on fuel Engine Coolant the low fuel warning light, located Temperature Gage below the empty mark, comes on. Five things that do not indicate a problem with the fuel gage: • At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads The safety belt light will also flash F or full. until the driver belt is buckled. If the United States Canada • It takes a little more or less fuel driver belt is already buckled, neither to fill up than the gage indicated. This gage shows the engine coolant the chime nor the light comes on. temperature. If the gage pointer For example, the gage may have This light is located on the center indicated the tank was half full, moves into the red area, the engine is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the of the instrument panel, next but it actually took more or less to the audio system. than half the tank’s capacity to vehicle, and turn off the engine as fill it. soon as possible. See Engine When the key is turned to ON/RUN Overheating on page 9-23. or START, this light comes on • It takes the gage several minutes as a reminder for the right front to read F or full after filling the passenger to fasten their safety belt. vehicle with fuel. 4-12 Instruments and Controls

This light flashes until the right front Airbag Readiness Light If it stays on after the vehicle has passenger safety belt is buckled. been started or comes on when while The passenger safety belt reminder This light shows if there is an driving, the airbag system may not light will not come on if the right front electrical problem. The system work properly. Have the vehicle passenger belt is already buckled or check includes the airbag sensor, serviced right away. if a sensor does not detect the weight the pretensioners, the airbag of a passenger in that seat. modules, the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. { CAUTION If something is placed on the right For more information on the airbag front passenger seat, the sensors system, see Airbag System on If the airbag readiness light stays in the seat may detect that object page 2-23. on after the vehicle is started or and cause the right front passenger comes on while driving, it means safety belt reminder light to come on. the airbag system might not be If this happens, remove the object. working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced The airbag readiness light comes right away. on and stays on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. Then the light goes out. Instruments and Controls 4-13

Passenger Airbag Status Then, after several more seconds, If, after several seconds, all status the status indicator will light either indicator lights remain on, there Indicator ON or OFF if there is weight on the may be a problem with the lights The vehicle has the passenger seat, to let you know the status of or the passenger sensing system. sensing system. See Passenger the right front passenger frontal and See your dealer/retailer for service. Sensing System on page 2-29 seat-mounted side impact airbags for important safety information. (if equipped). If the seat is { CAUTION unoccupied, the light will not be The instrument panel has a visible after the system check. passenger airbag status indicator. If the airbag readiness light ever If the word ON is lit on the comes on and stays on, it means passenger airbag status indicator, it that something may be wrong with means that the right front passenger the airbag system. To help avoid frontal and seat-mounted side impact injury to yourself or others, have airbags (if equipped) are enabled the vehicle serviced right away. (may inﬂate). See Airbag Readiness Light on If the word OFF is lit on the page 4-12 for more information, When the vehicle is started, passenger airbag status indicator, it including important safety the passenger airbag status means that the passenger sensing information. indicator will light ON and OFF for system has turned off the right front several seconds as a system check. passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped). See Passenger Sensing System on page 2-29 for more on this, including important safety information. 4-14 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light Malfunction If the check engine light comes on and stays on, when the engine Indicator Lamp is running, this indicates that there is Check Engine Light an OBD II problem and service is required. A computer system called OBD II (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Malfunctions often are indicated by Generation) monitors operation the system before any problem is of the fuel, ignition, and emission apparent. Heeding the light can The charging system light comes on control systems. It makes sure that prevent more serious damage to brieﬂy when the ignition is turned on, emissions are at acceptable levels the vehicle. This system assists but the engine is not running, as a for the life of the vehicle, helping to the service technician in correctly check to show the light is working. produce a cleaner environment. diagnosing any malfunction. It should go out when the engine is started. Notice: If the vehicle is continually driven with this If the light stays on, or comes light on, after a while, the on while driving, there may be a emission controls might not problem with the electrical charging work as well, the vehicle’s fuel system. Have it checked by your economy might not be as good, dealer/retailer. Driving while this United States Canada and the engine might not run as light is on could drain the battery. smoothly. This could lead to This light comes on when the If a short distance must be driven costly repairs that might not be ignition is on, but the engine is not covered by the vehicle warranty. with the light on, be sure to turn off running, as a check to show it is all accessories, such as the radio working. If it does not, have the and air conditioner. vehicle serviced by your dealer/ retailer. Instruments and Controls 4-15

Notice: Modifications made The following can prevent more An emission system malfunction to the engine, transmission, serious damage to the vehicle: might be corrected by doing exhaust, intake, or fuel system • Reduce vehicle speed. the following: of the vehicle or the replacement • Avoid hard accelerations. • Make sure the fuel cap is fully of the original tires with other installed. See Filling the Tank on than those of the same Tire • Avoid steep uphill grades. page 8-41. The diagnostic system Performance Criteria (TPC) can • If towing a trailer, reduce the can determine if the fuel cap affect the vehicle’s emission has been left off or improperly controls and can cause this light amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible. installed. A loose or missing fuel to come on. Modifications to these cap allows fuel to evaporate into systems could lead to costly If the light continues to flash, when the atmosphere. A few driving repairs not covered by the vehicle it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. trips with the cap properly warranty. This could also result Find a safe place to park the vehicle. installed should turn the light off. in a failure to pass a required Turn the key off, wait at least Emission Inspection/Maintenance 10 seconds, and restart the engine. • If the vehicle has been driven test. See Accessories and If the light is still flashing, follow the through a deep puddle of water, Modifications on page 9-3. previous steps and see your dealer/ the vehicle’s electrical system might be wet. The condition is This light comes on during a retailer for service as soon as possible. usually corrected when the malfunction in one of two ways: electrical system dries out. Light Flashing: A misfire condition Light On Steady: An emission A few driving trips should turn has been detected. A misfire control system malfunction has been the light off. increases vehicle emissions and detected on the vehicle. Diagnosis could damage the emission control and service might be required. system on the vehicle. Diagnosis and service might be required. 4-16 Instruments and Controls

• Make sure to fuel the vehicle Emissions Inspection and systems have not been with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality Maintenance Programs completely diagnosed by the causes the engine not to run as system. The vehicle would Some state/provincial and local efficiently as designed and may be considered not ready for governments have or might begin cause: stalling after start-up, inspection. This can happen programs to inspect the emission stalling when the vehicle is if the battery has recently been control equipment on the vehicle. changed into gear, misﬁring, replaced or if the battery has run Failure to pass this inspection could hesitation on acceleration, or down. The diagnostic system is prevent getting a vehicle registration. stumbling on acceleration. designed to evaluate critical These conditions might go away Here are some things to know to emission control systems during once the engine is warmed up. help the vehicle pass an inspection: normal driving. This can take several days of routine driving. If one or more of these conditions • The vehicle will not pass this If this has been done and the occurs, change the fuel brand inspection if the check engine vehicle still does not pass the used. It will require at least one light is on with the engine inspection for lack of OBD II full tank of the proper fuel to turn running, or if the key is in the system readiness, your dealer/ the light off. ON/RUN and the light is not on. retailer can prepare the vehicle See Fuel on page 8-38. • The vehicle will not pass this for inspection. If none of the above have made the inspection if the OBD II (on-board light turn off, your dealer/retailer can diagnostic) system determines check the vehicle. The dealer/retailer that critical emission control has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to ﬁx any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed. Instruments and Controls 4-17

Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake Antilock Brake System system warning light also comes Light on when the parking brake is (ABS) Warning Light The vehicle’s hydraulic brake set. The light will stay on if the system is divided into two parts. parking brake does not fully release. If one part is not working, the other If it stays on after the parking part can still work and stop the brake is fully released, it means vehicle. For good braking both there is a brake problem. parts need to be working well. If the warning light comes on, { CAUTION United States Canada there is a brake problem. Have the The ABS warning light comes on brake system inspected right away. The brake system might not be briefly when the ignition key is turned working properly if the brake to ON/RUN. This is normal. If the system warning light is on. Driving light does not come on then, have it with the brake system warning light fixed so it will be ready to warn you if on can lead to a crash. If the light there is a problem. is still on after the vehicle has been If the light stays on, turn the ignition pulled off the road and carefully to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes stopped, have the vehicle towed United States Canada on while driving, stop as soon as for service. possible and turn the ignition off. If the vehicle has anti-lock brakes, Then start the engine again to this light should come on when the See Antilock Brake System (ABS) reset the system. If the light still key is turned to START. If it does not Warning Light later in this section stays on, or comes on again while come on, have it fixed so it will be and Antilock Brake System driving, the vehicle needs service. ready to warn if there is a problem. (ABS) Warning Light on page 4-17. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, there are still brakes, but no antilock brakes. 4-18 Instruments and Controls

If the regular brake system warning Speed Sensitive Power StabiliTrak® Indicator light is also on, there are no antilock Steering (SSPS) Warning brakes and there is a problem with Light the regular brakes. See Brake Light System Warning Light on page 4-17. Service All-Wheel Drive Light

This light warns that there is a Vehicles with this feature, have a problem with the Traction Control warning light that comes on briefly System (TCS) or the Vehicle Stability Control (VSC) system. This light will come on briefly when when the ignition is turned to the ignition is turned on, and the ON/RUN as a check to show it The light comes on when the ignition engine is not running, as a check is working. is turned to ON/RUN. to show you it is working. If the warning light does not come If the light comes on while driving, It should go out when the engine is on, have it fixed so it will be able to the system is not working. started. It should go out when the warn if there is a problem. The TCS light comes on when the engine is started. If it stays on, or If the warning light stays on, or VSC system warning light comes on, comes on while you are driving, you comes on while driving, the Speed even if the TRAC OFF button is not may have a problem with the system. Sensitive Power Steering may not be pressed. Have it checked by your dealer/ working. See your dealer/retailer for retailer. service. See StabiliTrak System on page 8-35 for more information on The four-wheel-drive indicator will Vehicle Stability Control System. light up when the All-Wheel drive is active. Instruments and Controls 4-19

See Traction Control System (TCS) If it stays on or comes on while Engine Oil Pressure on page 8-33 for more information. driving, there is a problem with the Traction Control System (TCS), Light Contact your dealer/retailer, if contact your dealer/retailer. the light does not come on or if it { CAUTION stays on. Tire Pressure Light Do not keep driving if the oil Traction Control System pressure is low. The engine can (TCS) Warning Light become so hot that it catches ﬁre. Someone could be burned. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced.

This light should come on briefly as Notice: Lack of proper engine the engine is started. oil maintenance can damage If there is a tire with low tire the engine. The repairs would This warning light comes on briefly not be covered by the vehicle when the ignition is turned to pressure, the light will stay on or come back on. warranty. Always follow the ON/RUN. maintenance schedule in this It also comes on when the Traction See Tire Pressure Monitor manual for changing engine oil. Control System is turned off by Operation on page 9-52 for more pressing the TRAC OFF button. information. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 8-33 for more information. The oil pressure light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer/retailer. 4-20 Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on and stays on, it Security Light Fog Lamp Light means that oil is not ﬂowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. Low Fuel Warning Light

For information regarding this light The fog lamp light comes on when and the vehicle’s security system, the fog lamps are in use. see Vehicle Security on page 1-7. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog High-Beam on Light Lamps on page 5-4 for more United States Canada information. This light, on the fuel gage, comes on when the fuel tank is low on Lamps on Reminder fuel. To turn if off, add fuel to the fuel tank.

The highbeam on light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. This light comes on whenever the headlights are on. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam See Exterior Lamp Controls on Changer on page 5-2 for more page 5-1 for more information. information. Instruments and Controls 4-21

Taillamp Indicator Light Cruise Control Light Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle may have lighting and door lock features that can be programmed to your preference. Canada Only You will need to schedule an appointment with your dealer/ This light comes on when the The CRUISE light comes on when retailer if you would like to change taillamps are on. the cruise control is on. the way these features are currently programmed. The following is a See Exterior Lamp Controls on See Cruise Control on page 8-36 for list of the features that can be page 5-1 for more information. more information. programmed. See your dealer/ retailer to change the programming Low Washer Fluid Door Ajar Light of these features: Warning Light Driver Door Key Unlock Switch: If this feature is programmed on, all of the doors will unlock when the key is turned twice in the driver’s door lock cylinder. When the vehicle left the factory this feature was This light comes on if any door, the programmed on. Canada Only rear liftgate, or the rear liftglass This light comes on when the are not completely closed. windshield washer ﬂuid is low. See Washer Fluid on page 9-24 for more information. 4-22 Instruments and Controls

Courtesy Lamp Timer: This Key Fob Signal: If this feature Automatic Door Locking: If this feature allows for changing how is programmed on, the Remote feature is programmed on, the doors long the courtesy lamps stay Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter will automatically lock when the on when all the doors and liftgate can be used to lock and unlock vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) or are closed and the key is out of the vehicle. When the vehicle left when the vehicle speed is greater the ignition, in LOCK/OFF, or the factory this feature was than 8 mph (13 km/h). in ACC/ACCESSORY. When the programmed on. Automatic Door Unlocking: If this vehicle left the factory the courtesy RFA Visual Feedback: If this feature is programmed on, the doors lamps were programmed to stay feature is programmed on, the will automatically unlock when the on for 15 seconds. This can hazard lights will ﬂash when you vehicle is shifted into P (Park) or be changed to 7.5 seconds lock and unlock the vehicle with the when the ignition is turned off. or 30 seconds. RKE transmitter. When the vehicle left the factory this feature was Interior Lamps when Ignition off: All Door Unlock Command: If this programmed on. If this feature is programmed on, feature is programmed on, the doors the interior lamps will come on when RFA All Unlock Enable: If this will all unlock when the driver’s door the ignition is turned off when it is feature is programmed on, pressing is opened. dark outside. When the vehicle the RKE unlock button twice Lock-out Timer: This feature left the factory this feature was within three second will unlock allows for changing how long of a programmed on. all of the doors. When the vehicle delay there is before all of the doors left the factory this feature was lock when pressing the lock button Interior Lamps on with Door programmed on. Key Unlock: If this feature is on the RKE transmitter. When the programmed on, the interior lamps Remote Panic Command: If this vehicle left the factory the delay will come on when the doors are feature is programmed on, pressing was set for 1 minute. This can be unlocked when it is dark outside. and holding the RKE panic button changed to 30 seconds or 2 minutes. When the vehicle left the factory will cause the horn to sound and the this feature was programmed on. lights to ﬂash. When the vehicle left the factory this feature was programmed on. Instruments and Controls 4-23

OnStar System signal sent to unlock the doors. emergency services, may be OnStar Hands-Free Calling, deactivated and no longer ® including 30 trial minutes good available. For more information OnStar System for 60 days, is available on most visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or vehicles. Press the OnStar button to www.onstar.ca (Canada), or press have an OnStar advisor contact the OnStar button to speak with an Roadside Service. advisor. OnStar service is provided subject Not all OnStar services are to the OnStar Terms and Conditions available on all vehicles. To check included in the OnStar Subscriber if this vehicle is able to provide the glove box literature. services described below, or for OnStar uses several innovative a full description of OnStar services Some services such as Remote technologies and live advisors to and system limitations, see the Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle provide a wide range of safety, OnStar Owner’s Guide in the glove Location Assistance may not be security, information, and box or visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) available until the owner of the convenience services. If the airbags or www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact vehicle registers with OnStar. deploy, the system is designed to OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR After the ﬁrst prepaid year, make an automatic call to OnStar (1-888-466-7827) or TTY contact OnStar to select a monthly Emergency advisors who can 1-877-248-2080, or press the or annual subscription payment plan. request emergency services be OnStar button to speak with an If a payment plan is not selected, sent to your location. If the keys OnStar advisor 24 hours a day, the OnStar system and all services, are locked in the vehicle, call OnStar 7 days a week. at 1-888-4-ONSTAR to have a including airbag notiﬁcation and 4-24 Instruments and Controls

OnStar Services Available OnStar Hands-Free Calling OnStar Virtual Advisor with the Safe & Sound Plan OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of • Automatic Notiﬁcation of eligible OnStar subscribers to OnStar Hands-Free Calling that uses Airbag Deployment make and receive calls using voice minutes to access location-based • Link to Emergency Services commands. Hands-Free Calling is weather, local traffic reports, and fully integrated into the vehicle, and stock quotes. Press the phone • Roadside Assistance can be used with OnStar Pre-Paid button and give a few simple voice • Stolen Vehicle Location Minute Packages. Most vehicles commands to browse through the Assistance include 30 trial minutes good for various topics. See the OnStar 60 days. Hands-Free Calling can Owner’s Guide for more information. • Remote Door Unlock/Vehicle also be linked to a Verizon Wireless This feature is only available in the Alert service plan in the U.S. or a Bell continental U.S. • OnStar Hands-Free Calling with Mobility service plan in Canada, 30 trial minutes depending on eligibility. To ﬁnd out How OnStar Service Works • OnStar Virtual Advisor more, refer to the OnStar Owner’s The OnStar system can record (U.S. Only) Guide in the vehicle’s glove box, visit and transmit vehicle information. www.onstar.com or www.onstar.ca, This information is automatically OnStar Services Included with or speak with an OnStar advisor by sent to an OnStar Call Center when Directions & Connections Plan pressing the OnStar button or calling the OnStar button is pressed, the 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). • All Safe and Sound Plan Services emergency button is pressed, or if the airbags deploy. This information • Driving Directions - Advisor usually includes the vehicles GPS Delivered location and, in the event of a crash, • RideAssist additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved • Information and Convenience in (e.g. the direction from which the Services vehicle was hit). Instruments and Controls 4-25

When the Virtual Advisor feature of The vehicle must have a working OnStar Hands-Free Calling is used, electrical system, including adequate the vehicle also sends OnStar the battery power, for the OnStar vehicles GPS location so they can equipment to operate. There are provide services where it is located. other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar OnStar service cannot work unless from providing OnStar service at the vehicle is in a place where any particular time or place. Some OnStar has an agreement with a examples are damage to important wireless service provider for service parts of the vehicle in a crash, hills, in that area. OnStar service also tall buildings, tunnels, weather or cannot work unless the vehicle is in wireless phone network congestion. a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that Your Responsibility area has coverage, network capacity and reception when the service is Increase the volume of the radio if needed, and technology that is the OnStar advisor cannot be heard. compatible with the OnStar service. If the light next to the OnStar buttons Not all services are available is red, the system may not be everywhere, particularly in remote functioning properly. If the light or enclosed areas, or at all times. appears clear (no light is appearing), your OnStar subscription has Location information about the expired and all services have been vehicle is only available if the GPS deactivated. Press the OnStar button satellite signals are unobstructed to conﬁrm that the OnStar equipment and available. is active. 4-26 Instruments and Controls

✍ NOTES Lighting 5-1

Exterior Lighting panel cluster when the exterior Lighting lamps are on. For vehicles ﬁrst ; Exterior Lamp Controls sold in Canada, appears in the instrument panel cluster. See Lamps Exterior Lighting on Reminder on page 4-20. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 5-1 Headlamp High/Low-Beam The exterior lamp switch has three Changer ...... 5-2 positions: Flash-to-Pass ...... 5-2 Daytime Running ( (Off): Turns off all lamps, except Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-2 the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Automatic Headlamp System ...... 5-3 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 5-3 parking lamps together with the Turn and Lane-Change following: Signals ...... 5-3 Fog Lamps ...... 5-4 • Sidemarker Lamps • Taillamps Interior Lighting The lever on the left side of the Instrument Panel Illumination steering column operates the • License Plate Lamp Control ...... 5-4 Dome Lamps ...... 5-4 exterior lamps. • Instrument Panel Lights Reading Lamps ...... 5-5 P / ; (Exterior Lamps): Turn the 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the Lighting Features outside band of the lever to operate headlamps, together with the Entry Lighting ...... 5-5 the lamps. For vehicles sold in the previously listed lamps and lights...... 5-5 Battery Power Protection U.S., P appears on the instrument 5-2 Lighting

Headlamps on Reminder Flash-to-Pass The DRL system makes the headlamps come on at a reduced A tone sounds when the ignition is This feature is used to signal to the brightness when the following turned to LOCK/OFF, the driver door vehicle ahead that you want to pass. conditions are met: is opened and the key is removed With the lever in the low-beam from the ignition while the lamps position, pull the lever toward you to • The ignition is on with the engine are on. momentarily switch to high-beams. running. If the headlamps are on when the • The exterior lamps switch is off. Headlamp High/ lever is released, the high-beams • The parking brake is released. Low-Beam Changer will return to low-beam. When the exterior lamp switch is The headlamps must be on for this Daytime Running turned to the headlamp position, the feature to work. Lamps (DRL) DRL go off and the headlamps come Push the turn signal lever away on. The other lamps that come on from you to turn the high beams on. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can with the headlamps also come on. make it easier for others to see the This instrument panel cluster front of your vehicle during the day. The headlamps automatically switch light 3 comes on while the high Fully functional DRL are required from DRL to the regular headlamps depending on the darkness of beam headlamps are on. on all vehicles ﬁrst sold in Canada. the surroundings. See Automatic Pull the lever towards you to return Headlamp System on page 5-3. to low beams. DRL also comes on if only the parking lamps are being used. Lighting 5-3

Automatic Headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. System | (Hazard Warning Flasher): Raise or lower the lever until the When it is dark enough outside, Press this button located on the arrow starts to flash to signal a the automatic headlamp system instrument panel, to make the front lane change. Hold it there until turns on the low-beam headlamps and rear turn signal lamps flash on the lane change is completed. at the normal brightness along with and off. This warns others that you other lamps such as the taillamps, are having trouble. The lever returns to its starting sidemarker, parking lamps and position whenever it is released. instrument panel lights. An indicator Press | again to turn the If after signaling a turn or a light on the instrument panel comes flashers off. lane change the arrow flashes on when the headlamps are on. rapidly or does not come on, See Instrument Cluster on page 4-9. Turn and Lane-Change a signal bulb may be burned out. If the vehicle is driven through a Signals Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb parking garage, overcast weather, is not burned out, check the fuse. or a tunnel, the automatic headlamp See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on system may turn on. There is a page 9-38. delay before the lights turn on when starting the car at night. Do not cover the automatic light sensor, located on the top left corner of the instrument panel. If the sensor is covered the headlamps will stay on An arrow on the instrument panel continuously. cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. 5-4 Lighting

Fog Lamps Interior Lighting Dome Lamps # The interior lamps control is located (Fog Lamps): For vehicles with Instrument Panel fog lamps, move the band on the turn on the overhead lamp. To change # Illumination Control the interior lamps setting, slide signal/multifunction lever to to turn the switch to one of the following them on. The fog lamps only come positions: on when the headlamps are on low beam. OFF: Turns the lamp off. Some localities have laws that ON: Keeps the lamp on all the time. require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. Door: Turns the lamp on when any door or the liftgate is opened. Use the trip odometer knob located The lamp goes off when all the side on the right side of the instrument doors and the liftgate are closed. panel cluster to adjust the instrument panel brightness. If the lamp switch is in the door Turn the knob clockwise or position and a door is left open, counterclockwise to brighten the lamps will go off automatically or dim the instrument panel. after 20 minutes. The brightness of the instrument panel lights decreases when the headlamps are on. Lighting 5-5

Reading Lamps Lighting Features Battery Power Protection For vehicles with a sunroof, there is The vehicle has a battery saver a reading lamp near the sunroof Entry Lighting feature designed to protect switch. After all the doors and liftgate are the vehicle’s battery. OFF: Turns the lamp off. closed, and the key is out of the This feature will only work with the ignition, in LOCK/OFF or ACC/ dome lamp in the Door position. ON: Keeps the lamp on all the time. ACCESSORY, the light remains on for about 15 seconds and then When any interior lamp is left on Door: Turns the lamp on when and the ignition is turned off, the any door or the liftgate is opened. goes out, except under the following conditions: battery rundown protection system The lamp goes off when all the side automatically turns the lamp off after doors and the liftgate are closed. • The ignition is turned to ACC/ 20 minutes. This prevents draining of ACCESSORY or ON/RUN after the battery. all the doors and liftgate are closed. • All the doors and the liftgate are locked and the light is still on. When any door is unlocked with the key or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system transmitter, the light comes on for 15 seconds, even if the door is not opened. 5-6 Lighting

✍ NOTES Infotainment System 6-1

Introduction For more information, see Defensive Infotainment Driving on page 8-2. Read the following pages to System become familiar with the audio Notice: Contact your dealer/ system’s features. retailer before adding any equipment. Introduction { CAUTION Adding audio or communication Introduction ...... 6-1 equipment could interfere with the Operation ...... 6-2 Taking your eyes off the road for operation of the vehicle’s engine, extended periods could cause a radio, or other systems, and could Radio damage them. Follow federal ...... 6-4 crash resulting in injury or death AM-FM Radio rules covering mobile radio Satellite Radio ...... 6-6 to you or others. Do not give and telephone equipment. Radio Reception ...... 6-8 extended attention to Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-8 entertainment tasks while driving. The vehicle has Retained Accessory Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 6-9 Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio Audio Players This system provides access to system can be played even after the CD Player ...... 6-9 many audio and non audio listings. ignition is turned off. See Retained MP3 ...... 6-11 Accessory Power (RAP) on Auxiliary Devices ...... 6-14 To minimize taking your eyes page 8-18 for more information. off the road while driving, do the following while the vehicle is parked: • Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system. • Set up the tone, speaker adjustments, and preset radio stations. 6-2 Infotainment System

Operation The date display times out and goes back to the normal radio and time display. To adjust the time and date: 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. 2. Press the PWR VOL (Power/ Volume) knob to turn on the radio. 3. Press the CLOCK button, and the HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, and year) categories display. 4. Press the button under the category to be adjusted. 5. To increase the time or date, do one of the following: turn the TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust) knob clockwise, press SEEK/ TRACK y, press FWD ( Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with CD (Base) similar (Forward), or continue to press Playing the Radio Setting the Clock the button under the category to be adjusted. PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Press The date does not automatically to turn the radio on and off. Turn display. To see the date press the the PWR VOL knob to adjust CLOCK button while the radio is on. the volume. CLOCK: Press to adjust the time. Infotainment System 6-3

6. To decrease the time or 2. Press the button below the EQ (Equalization): To select date, do one of the following: 12H or 24H label, and the date customized equalization settings: turn the TUNE ADJ knob MMDD (month and day) or 1. Press the EQ button. counterclockwise, press DDMM (day and month) label SEEK/TRACK z, or press to choose how the radio displays 2. Press the button below the ) the time and date. tab: POP, ROCK, COUNTRY, REV (Reverse). TALK, JAZZ, and CLASSICAL. 3. To save the settings, press 7. To save the settings, press the CLOCK button, or let Adjusting the Speakers the CLOCK button, or let the screen time out. the display time out. (Balance/Fade) To adjust the balance or fade, To change the time default setting Setting the Tone perform the following steps: from 12 hour to 24 hour, and to (Bass/Midrange/Treble) change the date default setting from To adjust the bass, midrange, and 1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob. month/day/year to day/month/year: treble: 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob 1. Press the CLOCK button and 1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob. or press the button below then the button below the forward BAL FADE so it is highlighted. 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob, or arrow label on the display. press the button below BASS, 3. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to The 12H and 24H, and the MID, or TREB so it is highlighted. select the tone to adjust. date MMDD (month and day) and DDMM (day and month) 3. Press the TUNE ADJ knob 4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to categories will display. to select BASS, MID, or TREB. adjust the audio balance to the right or the left speakers and the 4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob fade to adjust the audio volume to adjust the level. to the front or rear speakers. 5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to set 5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to set the adjustment. the adjustment. 6-4 Infotainment System

Setting Preset Stations 3. Select the desired number of Radio favorites pages by pressing FAV (Favorites): Press to select up the button located below the to six pages of favorites. Each page displayed page numbers. AM-FM Radio contains six favorite stations, and each page of favorites can contain 4. Press the FAV button, or let the Radio Data System (RDS) any combination of AM, FM, or XM™ menu time out, to return to the The audio system has Radio Data (if equipped) stations. radio screen. System (RDS). RDS features are For vehicles without XM, only To store a radio station as a available for use only on FM stations four pages of favorites are available. favorite: that broadcast RDS information. To setup the number of favorites 1. Tune to the desired radio station. With RDS: pages: 2. Press the FAV button to display • Stations can be selected based 1. Press the MENU button to the page where it can be stored. on programming. display the radio setup menu. 3. Press and hold one of the • Stations with traffic 2. Press the button located below six buttons until a beep sounds. announcements can be selected. the FAV 1-6 label. 4. Repeat the steps to store another • Announcements concerning local radio station. and national emergencies can be received. • Messages display from radio stations. Infotainment System 6-5

RDS relies on receiving speciﬁc The announcement should be heard Finding a Station information from radio stations and even if the volume is low or a CD is only works when the information is playing. If a CD is playing, it will stop BAND: Press to select AM, FM, or available. In rare cases, a radio playing during the announcement. XM (if equipped). station could broadcast incorrect • The RDS alert feature is not TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust): Turn to information that causes the radio supported by all RDS radio select radio stations. features to work improperly. Contact stations. the radio station if this happens. y SEEK TRACK z: Press to go • The RDS alert feature cannot be to the previous or next radio station. When the radio is tuned to an turned off. RDS station, the station name The radio only stops at stations or call letters display instead of the • Alert is not affected by tests of the with a strong signal. emergency broadcast system. frequency. RDS stations can also SCAN: Press to enter scan mode. provide the time of day, a program MSG (Message): Displays if the The radio will display Scanning, then type (PTY) for current programming, current RDS station has a message. goes to the next station, plays for a and the name of the program being The message displays the artist, few seconds, then continues on to broadcast. song title, call in phone numbers, the next station. Press SCAN again to stop scanning. The radio only RDS Messages etc. If the entire message does not display, parts of the message stops at stations with a strong signal. ALERT: Displays when local appear every three seconds until INFO (Information) (FM-RDS, or national emergency the message is completed. XM™ Satellite Radio Service, and announcements are received. MSG disappears from the display MP3 Features): Press to display If the radio tunes to a related network once the completed message information for the current FM-RDS, station for the announcement, has displayed. XM station, or MP3 song. Choose it returns to the original station from Channel, Song, Artist, and when the announcement ends. CAT (category). NO INFO displays when information is not available from the station. 6-6 Infotainment System

Satellite Radio Finding a Station Finding a Category (CAT) Station Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite BAND: Press to select AM, FM, Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite or XM. XM stations are organized in Radio subscription can receive categories. TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust): Turn to XM programming. select radio stations. To select and ﬁnd a desired XM Satellite Radio Service category: y SEEK TRACK z: Press to go 1. Press the CAT button. XM is a satellite radio service that to the previous or next radio station. is based in the 48 contiguous The radio only stops at stations 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to United States and 10 Canadian with a strong signal. select a category. provinces. XM Satellite Radio y z has a wide variety of programming SCAN: Press to enter scan mode. 3. Press or to go to the and commercial-free music, The radio will display Scanning, then category’s ﬁrst station, when the coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality goes to the next station, plays for a desired category is displayed. few seconds, then continues on to sound. During your trial or when 4. Press y or z to go to another you subscribe, you will get unlimited the next station. Press SCAN again to stop scanning. The radio only station within the selected access to XM Radio Online for when category. you are not in your vehicle. A service stops at stations with a strong signal. 5. Press CAT to exit the category fee is required to receive the XM INFO (Information) (FM-RDS, service. For more information, select mode or wait for CAT to XM™ Satellite Radio Service, and time out. contact XM at www.xmradio.com MP3 Features): Press to display or call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. information for the current FM-RDS, If CAT times out and is no longer on and www.xmradio.ca or call XM station, or MP3 song. Choose the display, return to Step 1. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. from Channel, Song, Artist, and NOT FOUND displays if the desired CAT (category). category cannot be found. NO INFO displays when information is not available from the station. Infotainment System 6-7

Scanning Categories (CAT) No Signal: The system is Not Found: There are no channels functioning correctly, but the available for the selected category. To scan a desired category: vehicle is in a location that is blocking The system is working properly. 1. Press the CAT button to enter the XM signal. When the vehicle is the category select mode. moved into an open area, the signal XM Locked: The XM receiver in should return. the vehicle may have previously 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to been in another vehicle. For security select a category. Loading XM: The audio system is purposes, XM receivers cannot be acquiring and processing audio and 3. Press y or z for two seconds swapped between vehicles. If this text data. No action is needed. This message is received after having the to scan the stations in the message should disappear shortly. selected category. vehicle serviced, check with your CH Off Air: This channel is not dealer/retailer. 4. Press y or z again to stop currently in service. Tune in Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, scanning. to another channel. this message will alternate with the NOT FOUND displays if the desired CH Unauth: This channel is XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label. category cannot be found. blocked or cannot be received with This label is needed to activate your XM Subscription package. the service. Consult with your XM Radio Messages CH Unavail: This previously dealer/retailer. xL (Explicit Language Channels): assigned channel is no longer Unknown: If this message is These channels, or any others, assigned. Tune to another station. received when tuned to channel 0, can be blocked by calling If this station was one of the presets, there could be a receiver fault. 1-800-852-XMXM (9696). choose another station for that Consult with your dealer/retailer. preset button. Updating: The encryption code in Chk XMRcvr: If this message does the receiver is being updated, and No Info: No artist, song title, not clear within a short period of no action is required. This process category, or text information is time, the receiver may have a fault. should take no longer than available at this time on this Consult with your dealer/retailer. 30 seconds. channel. The system is working properly. 6-8 Infotainment System

Radio Reception AM Cellular Phone Usage Frequency interference and static The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage may cause can occur during normal radio greater than for FM, especially at interference with the vehicle’s radio. reception if items such as cell phone night. The longer range can cause This interference may occur when chargers, vehicle convenience station frequencies to interfere making or receiving phone calls, accessories, and external electronic with each other. For better radio charging the phone’s battery, devices are plugged into the reception, most AM radio stations or simply having the phone on. accessory power outlet. If there is boost the power levels during the This interference can cause an interference or static, unplug the item day, and then reduce these levels increased level of static while from the accessory power outlet. during the night. Static can also listening to the radio. If static is occur when things like storms and received while listening to the radio, FM power lines interfere with radio unplug the cellular phone and turn FM signals only reach about 10 to reception. When this happens, try it off. 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Although the reducing the treble on the radio. Fixed Mast Antenna radio has a built-in electronic circuit XM™ Satellite Radio Service that automatically works to reduce The ﬁxed mast antenna can XM Satellite Radio Service interference, some static can occur, withstand most car washes without gives digital radio reception from especially around tall buildings or being damaged as long as it is coast-to-coast in the 48 contiguous hills, causing the sound to fade in securely attached to the base. United States, and in Canada. Just and out. If the mast becomes slightly bent, as with FM, tall buildings or hills can straighten it out by hand. If the mast interfere with satellite radio signals, is badly bent, replace it. causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing Occasionally check to make sure under heavy foliage, bridges, the antenna is tightened to its base. garages, or tunnels may cause loss If tightening is required, tighten of the XM signal for a period of time. by hand. Infotainment System 6-9

Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players Y (EJECT): Press and release to For vehicles with XM™ Satellite eject a CD. Once ejected it can be Radio Service, the antenna is CD Player removed. If the CD is not removed located on the roof of the vehicle. after several seconds the CD player Keep the antenna clear of Playing a CD automatically pulls the disc back into the player and starts playing. obstructions for clear radio The CD player can play the smaller reception. 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an TUNE ADJ: Turn the TUNE ADJ If the vehicle has a sunroof, the adapter ring. knob to select tracks on the CD. performance of the XM system may 1. Insert a CD label side up y SEEK TRACK z: Press y to be affected if the sunroof is open. partway into the slot. go to the start of the current track, if 2. The CD player pulls the CD in more than ten seconds have played. and begins playing. Press z to go to the next track. 3. The CD symbol and track Holding or pressing y or z multiple number displays. times causes the player to continue The CD stays in the player if the moving backward or forward through ignition or radio is turned off. the tracks on the CD. If the CD was the last source selected, it resumes playing when the radio is turned on. 6-10 Infotainment System

( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/ INFO (Information): Press to Store CD-R(s) in their original cases switch the display between the track or other protective cases and away Fast Reverse): Press and hold ( number, elapsed time of the track, from dust and direct sunlight. The to advance playback quickly within a and the time. When the ignition is off, CD player scans the bottom surface track. Release to resume playing the press this button to display the time. of the disc. If the surface of a CD track. Press and hold ) to reverse is damaged, such as cracked, playback quickly within a track. EQ (Equalization): Press to select broken, or scratched, the CD may Release to resume playing the track. an equalization setting while playing not play properly or at all. Do not a CD. See “EQ” listed previously for touch the bottom side of a CD while BAND: Press to listen to the radio more information. If an EQ setting is handling it; this could damage the when a CD is playing. selected for a CD, it is activated each surface. Pick up CDs by grasping the time a CD is played. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to outer edges or the edge of the hole play a CD when listening to the Care of CDs and the outer edge. radio. The sound quality of the CD player To clean a CD, use a soft lint free Press the CD/AUX button again and can be reduced because of: cloth, or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent the system begins playing audio from • The CD-R quality. the connected portable audio player. solution mixed with water. Wipe the If a portable audio player is not • The method of recording CD from the center to the edge. connected, “No Aux Input Device” the CD-R. displays. • The quality of the music that has See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” been recorded on the CD-R. later in this section. • The way the CD-R has been handled. Infotainment System 6-11

Care of The CD Player CD Messages MP3 Use a marking pen to identify CDs, If the CD ejects, it could be for one MP3 CD-R Disc do not add labels. of the following reasons: MP3 Format Do not use CD lens cleaners; they • The CD player is very hot. When could damage the CD player. the temperature returns to The MP3 player will only play CD-R normal, the CD should play. discs. It can read and play a Notice: If a label is added to • The road is very rough. When maximum of: a CD, or more than one CD is the road becomes smoother, • 50 folders inserted into the slot at a time, the CD should play. or an attempt is made to play • 11 folders in depth scratched or damaged CDs, the • The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, • 50 playlists CD player could be damaged. or upside down. • 10 sessions While using the CD player, use • The air is very humid. If so, wait • 255 files only CDs in good condition about an hour and try again. All folders, playlists, sessions and without any label, load one CD at a • The format of the CD might not files over the maximum are ignored. time, and keep the CD player and be compatible. See ‘‘Using an the loading slot free of foreign MP3’’ later in this section. Record an MP3 disc: materials, liquids, and debris. • A problem may have occurred • Onto a CD-R disc. If an error displays, see “CD while burning the CD. • Record playlists with Messages” later in this section. • The label could be caught in the an .m3u or .wpl extension. CD player. • Do not mix standard audio and Playing an MP3 CD-R Disc MP3 files on the same disc. If any error occurs repeatedly or if Radios with the MP3 feature an error cannot be corrected, contact • Record the entire disc at once. are capable of playing an MP3 your dealer/retailer. If the radio • Finalize the disc when recording CD-R disc. See MP3 on page 6-11 displays an error message, write it an MP3 disc with multiple for more information. down and provide it to your dealer/ sessions. retailer when reporting the problem. 6-12 Infotainment System

Root Directory Order of Play File System and Naming The root directory is treated as a CDs that have playlists play the The radio display shows, track folder. All .mp3 files in the root tracks in the following order: names that are shorter than directory are accessed before 1. After the first track in the first 39 characters. Names that are folders in the root directory. playlist ends, play continues longer are shortened. The track name appears as: Empty Directory or Folder sequentially through all tracks in each playlist • The song name that is in the Empty folders and directories do not ID3 tag. display. The system ignores empty 2. After the last track of the last directories and folders and advances playlist ends, play restarts from • The file name without the file to the next directory or folder that the first track of the first playlist. extension if the song name is not in the ID3 tag. has .mp3 files in it. CDs that do not have playlists play the tracks in the following order: No Folder Preprogrammed Playlists 1. The first file in the root directory On a CD that contains only .mp3 Playlists are accessed before files plays. files in the root directory the next or folders in the root directory. and previous folder functions do 2. After all files from the root Preprogrammed playlists created not work. directory have played, files by WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, or in the folders play. On a CD that contains playlists Real Jukebox™ software can be and .mp3 files the next and previous 3. After playing the last file from the accessed and are treated as special folder functions search playlists last folder, play restarts with the folders containing compressed audio first and then search .mp3 files first file in the root directory. song files. in the root folder. Infotainment System 6-13

Music Navigator 3. The CD stays in the player if the ( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/ ignition or radio is turned off. The music navigator feature lets Fast Reverse): Press and hold ( MP3 CDs play in order by artist or 4. If the CD was the last source to advance playback quickly within a album. selected, it resumes playing track. Release ( to resume playing when the radio is turned on. • The MP3 player scans the disc the track. Press and hold ) to to sort the files by artist and Y (EJECT): Press and release to reverse playback quickly within a album ID3 tag information. eject a CD. Once the disc is ejected track. Release ( to resume playing • It can take several minutes to it can be removed. If the CD is not the track. scan the disc depending on removed after several seconds the the number of MP3 files recorded CD player automatically pulls the BAND: Press to listen to the radio to the CD-R. disc back into the player and starts when a CD is playing. • The radio starts playing while the playing. INFO (Information): Press when disc is being scanned. y SEEK TRACK z: Press to an MP3 CD is loaded, then press the button below the Song, Artist, • After the scan is finished, the go to the start of the current track, Album, or Folder label to view the disc starts playing. if more than ten seconds have z information. Playing an MP3 played. Press to go to the next track. Holding or pressing y or z CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to The MP3 player can play the play a CD when listening to the radio. smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs multiple times will cause the player with an adapter ring. to continue moving backward or Press the CD/AUX button again and forward through the tracks on the system begins playing audio from 1. Insert a CD label side up the CD. the connected portable audio player. partway into the slot. If a portable audio player is not 2. The CD player pulls the CD in connected, “No Aux Input Device” and begins playing. displays. 6-14 Infotainment System

RDM (Random): Press the button Auxiliary Devices PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Turn below the RDM label to hear to adjust the volume. Additional the tracks in random order. The radio has an auxiliary input volume adjustments may have to be jack located on the lower right side made from the portable device if S c (Previous Folder): Press of the faceplate. This is not an audio the volume is too quiet or not loud. the button below to go to the output; do not plug the headphone first track in the previous folder. set into the front auxiliary input jack. BAND: Press to listen to the An external audio device such as an radio when a portable audio device c T (Next Folder): Press iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player, is playing. CD changer, etc. can be connected the button below to go to the first CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to to the auxiliary input jack for use as track in the next folder. play a CD when a portable audio another audio source. h (Music Navigator): Press the device is playing. Press again and To use a portable audio player, the system begins playing audio from button below to play MP3 files in connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 inch) cable the connected portable audio player. order by artist or album. to the radio’s front auxiliary input SORT: Press the button below the jack. When a device is connected, SORT label to change between press the radio CD/AUX button playback by artist or album while to begin playing audio from using the Music Navigator. the device over the vehicle speakers. BACK: Press the button below the BACK label to return to the main music navigator screen.

ST(Previous/Next): Press the button below to go to the next or previous artist or album in alphabetical order while using the Music Navigator. Climate Controls 7-1 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems ...... 7-1 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 7-4 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 7-4

A. Air Delivery Mode Control D. Recirculation B. Fan Control E. Rear Window Defogger C. Temperature Control F. Air Conditioning 7-2 Climate Controls

Fan Control Air Delivery Mode Control Use the defog mode to clear the inside of the windshield of fog 9 (Fan): Turn the center knob Turn the left knob to select from the following modes: or moisture and to warm the toward 4 to turn the system on or passengers. The air conditioning increase fan speed. H (Vent): Air is directed to the compressor runs automatically in this If the airflow seems low when the upper instrument panel outlets. setting without pressing A/C, unless fan is at the highest setting, the the outside temperature is at or passenger compartment air filter ) (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the below 32°F (0°C). may need to be replaced. For upper instrument panel outlets 1 (Defrost): Air is directed to the more information, see Passenger and the floor outlets. Compartment Air Filter on page 7-4 windshield, instrument panel and Scheduled Maintenance on 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the outlets and the side windows. page 10-3. floor and side window outlets. Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the outside of the Temperature Control - (Defog): Air is directed between windshield more quickly. The air the windshield, side windows, Turn the right knob clockwise or conditioning compressor runs instrument panel outlets and the floor counterclockwise to increase or automatically in this setting without outlets. decrease the temperature inside the pressing A/C, unless the outside vehicle. temperature is at or below 32°F (0°C). Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. Climate Controls 7-3

Air Conditioning Recirculation Rear Window Defogger For vehicles with this feature, there ? (Recirculation): Press to turn The rear window defogger uses a will be the following controls: the recirculation mode on or off. warming grid to clear fog from the rear window. It will only work when A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to An indicator light shows that it is on. This mode recirculates the air inside the ignition is in the ON/RUN turn the air conditioning system position. on or off. An indicator light shows the vehicle and helps to heat or cool that it is on. the air more quickly. It can be used to = (Rear Defogger): Press to turn prevent outside air and odors from the rear window defogger on or off. MAX A/C (Maximum Air entering the vehicle. Conditioning): Press the A/C and An indicator light shows that it is on. recirculation buttons at the same Press the button again to turn the The rear window defogger stays on time to select MAX A/C. recirculation mode off and the for 15 minutes. Clear any snow from outside air mode on. Recirculation is the rear window. On hot days, open the windows to let automatically turned off when the Notice: Do not use a razor hot inside air escape; then close climate control system mode knob blade or sharp object to clear the them. The vehicle will cool quicker is turned to defog, defrost, or is inside rear window. Do not adhere and the A/C system operates more positioned between modes. efficiently. anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass. These actions Because the A/C system removes may damage the rear defogger. moisture from the air, it is normal Repairs would not be covered by for a small amount of water to your warranty. drip under the vehicle while idling or just after turning the engine off. 7-4 Climate Controls

Air Vents Maintenance The access panel for the air filter is behind the glove box. To replace Use the air outlets located in the the filter: center and outboard sides of the Passenger Compartment instrument panel, to change the Air Filter direction of the air flowing through Both outside and recirculated air the vents. are routed through a passenger Operation Tips compartment air filter. Pollen, dust particles and other contaminants • Clear away any ice, snow or are removed by the filter. Airflow leaves from the outside air reductions indicate that the filter inlets at the base of the needs to be replaced. For a windshield. replacement filter see your dealer/ • Use of non-GM approved hood retailer. See Scheduled Maintenance deflectors can adversely affect on page 10-3 for replacement the performance of the system. intervals. • Keep the area under the 1. Open the glove box door. Push front seats clear of objects for each side of the glovebox in more effective air circulation. and pull out to remove. • If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting, the passenger compartment air filter might need to be replaced. For more information, see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 7-4. Climate Controls 7-5

2. Push the side fastener to release 3. Remove the air filter. and remove the filter cover. 4. Install a new air filter and reassemble the unit by reversing the steps. Replacing the air filter is recommended, but will not damage the vehicle if it is not. 7-6 Climate Controls

✍ NOTES Driving and Operating 8-1

Starting the Engine ...... 8-18 Ride Control Systems Driving and Engine Heater ...... 8-19 Traction Control Shifting Into Park ...... 8-20 System (TCS) ...... 8-33 Operating Shifting Out of Park ...... 8-22 StabiliTrak System ...... 8-35 Parking ...... 8-22 Parking Over Things Cruise Control That Burn ...... 8-23 Cruise Control ...... 8-36 Driving Information Driving for Better Fuel Engine Exhaust Fuel Economy ...... 8-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 8-23 Fuel ...... 8-38 Defensive Driving ...... 8-2 Running the Vehicle While Recommended Fuel ...... 8-39 Drunk Driving ...... 8-3 Parked ...... 8-24 Gasoline Speciﬁcations ...... 8-39 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-3 California Fuel Braking ...... 8-4 Automatic Transmission Requirements ...... 8-39 ...... 8-4 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries ....8-40 Steering ...... 8-24 Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-6 (Four Speed Automatic) Fuel Additives ...... 8-40 Loss of Control ...... 8-6 Automatic Transmission Filling the Tank ...... 8-41 ...... 8-7 (Five Speed Automatic) ...... 8-27 Filling a Portable Fuel Driving on Wet Roads ...... 8-28 Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-8 Manual Mode Container ...... 8-43 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 8-8 Manual Transmission ...... 8-9 Towing Winter Driving Manual Transmission ...... 8-29 General Towing Information ...8-43 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 8-11 ...... 8-12 Driving Characteristics and Vehicle Load Limits Drive Systems Towing Tips ...... 8-44 All-Wheel Drive ...... 8-31 Starting and Operating Trailer Towing ...... 8-48 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-16 Brakes Towing Equipment ...... 8-49 Ignition Positions ...... 8-16 Antilock Brake Conversions and Add-Ons Retained Accessory System (ABS) ...... 8-32 ...... 8-18 Add-On Electrical Power (RAP) Parking Brake ...... 8-33 Equipment ...... 8-50 8-2 Driving and Operating

Driving Information • When road and weather Defensive Driving conditions are appropriate, use cruise control, if equipped. Defensive driving means “always Driving for Better expect the unexpected.” The ﬁrst Fuel Economy • Always follow posted speed limits step in driving defensively is to wear or drive more slowly when your safety belt, see Safety Belts on Driving habits can affect fuel conditions require. page 2-8. mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy • Keep vehicle tires properly possible. inﬂated. { CAUTION • Avoid fast starts and accelerate • Combine several trips into a single trip. Assume that other road users smoothly. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other • Replace the vehicle’s tires with • Brake gradually and avoid abrupt drivers) are going to be careless the same TPC Spec number stops. and make mistakes. Anticipate molded into the tire’s sidewall • Avoid idling the engine for long near the size. what they might do and be ready. periods of time. In addition: • Follow recommended scheduled • Allow enough following maintenance. distance between you and the driver in front of you. • Focus on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death. These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life. Driving and Operating 8-3

Drunk Driving Police records show that This means that when anyone who almost 40 percent of all motor has been drinking — driver or { vehicle-related deaths involve passenger — is in a crash, that CAUTION alcohol. In most cases, these deaths person’s chance of being killed or are the result of someone who was permanently disabled is higher than Drinking and then driving is drinking and driving. In recent years, if the person had not been drinking. very dangerous. Your reﬂexes, more than 17,000 annual motor perceptions, attentiveness, and vehicle-related deaths have been Control of a Vehicle judgment can be affected by even associated with the use of alcohol, a small amount of alcohol. You with about 250,000 people injured. The following three systems can have a serious — or even help to control the vehicle while fatal — collision if you drive after For persons under 21, it is against driving — brakes, steering, and drinking. Do not drink and drive or the law in every U.S. state to drink accelerator. At times, as when ride with a driver who has been alcohol. There are good medical, driving on snow or ice, it is easy to psychological, and developmental drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if ask more of those control systems reasons for these laws. you are with a group, designate a than the tires and road can provide. driver who will not drink. The obvious way to eliminate the Meaning, you can lose control of the leading highway safety problem vehicle. Death and injury associated with is for people never to drink alcohol Adding non-dealer/non-retailer drinking and driving is a global and then drive. accessories can affect vehicle tragedy. Medical research shows that alcohol performance. See Accessories and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. Alcohol affects four things that in a person’s system can make crash anyone needs to drive a vehicle: injuries worse, especially injuries judgment, muscular coordination, to the brain, spinal cord, or heart. vision, and attentiveness. 8-4 Driving and Operating

Braking And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while the distances vary greatly with the vehicle is being driven, brake See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the brakes. page 4-17. pavement or gravel; the condition of If the brakes are pumped, the pedal Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry, or icy; could get harder to push down. If the time and reaction time. Deciding tire tread; the condition of the brakes; engine stops, there will still be some to push the brake pedal is the weight of the vehicle; and the power brake assist but it will be used perception time. Actually doing amount of brake force applied. when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take it is reaction time. Avoid needless heavy braking. Some longer to stop and the brake pedal people drive in spurts — heavy Average reaction time is about will be harder to push. three-fourths of a second. But acceleration followed by heavy that is only an average. It might be braking — rather than keeping Adding non-dealer/non-retailer less with one driver and as long as pace with traffic. This is a mistake. accessories can affect vehicle two or three seconds or more with The brakes might not have time to performance. See Accessories and another. Age, physical condition, cool between hard stops. The brakes Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. alertness, coordination, and eyesight will wear out much faster with a lot of all play a part. So do alcohol, heavy braking. Keeping pace with Steering drugs, and frustration. But even in the traffic and allowing realistic If the engine stalls while driving, the three-fourths of a second, a vehicle following distances eliminates a lot of power steering assist system will moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels unnecessary braking. That means continue to operate until you are able 20 m (66 ft). That could be a lot of better braking and longer brake life. to stop the vehicle. If power steering distance in an emergency, so assist is lost because the electric keeping enough space between the power steering system is not vehicle and others is important. functioning, the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort. Driving and Operating 8-5

If you turn the steering wheel in Steering Tips Steering in Emergencies either direction several times until it It is important to take curves at a There are times when steering stops, or hold the steering wheel in reasonable speed. can be more effective than braking. the stopped position for an extended For example, you come over a hill amount of time, you may notice a Traction in a curve depends on the and ﬁnd a truck stopped in your lane, reduced amount of power steering condition of the tires and the road or a car suddenly pulls out from assist. The normal amount of power surface, the angle at which the curve nowhere, or a child darts out from steering assist should return shortly is banked, and vehicle speed. While between parked cars and stops right after a few normal steering in a curve, speed is the one factor in front of you. These problems can movements. that can be controlled. be avoided by braking — if you can The electric power steering If there is a need to reduce speed, stop in time. But sometimes you system does not require regular do it before entering the curve, cannot stop in time because there maintenance. If you suspect while the front wheels are straight. is no room. That is the time for steering system problems, such as evasive action — steering around Try to adjust the speed so you can abnormally high steering effort for a the problem. drive through the curve. Maintain a prolonged period of time, contact reasonable, steady speed. Wait to The vehicle can perform very well your dealer/retailer for service accelerate until out of the curve, and in emergencies like these. First repairs. then accelerate gently into the apply the brakes. See Braking on straightaway. page 8-4. It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or right depending on the space available. 8-6 Driving and Operating

Off-Road Recovery front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn the steering wheel The vehicle’s right wheels can drop to go straight down the roadway. off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems — brakes, steering, and acceleration — do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked. An emergency like this requires In any emergency, do not give up. close attention and a quick decision. Keep trying to steer and constantly If holding the steering wheel at the seek an escape route or area of recommended 9 and 3 o’clock less danger. positions, it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without If the level of the shoulder is only Skidding removing either hand. But you have slightly below the pavement, In a skid, a driver can lose control of to act fast, steer quickly, and just as recovery should be fairly easy. the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid quickly straighten the wheel once Ease off the accelerator and then, if most skids by taking reasonable care you have avoided the object. there is nothing in the way, steer so suited to existing conditions, and by The fact that such emergency that the vehicle straddles the edge not overdriving those conditions. situations are always possible is a of the pavement. Turn the steering But skids are always possible. good reason to practice defensive wheel 8 to 13 cm, 3 to 5 inches, driving at all times and wear safety (about one-eighth turn) until the right belts properly. Driving and Operating 8-7

The three types of skids correspond While driving on a surface with to the vehicle’s three control reduced traction, try your best to { CAUTION systems. In the braking skid, the avoid sudden steering, acceleration, wheels are not rolling. In the steering or braking, including reducing vehicle Wet brakes can cause crashes. or cornering skid, too much speed or speed by shifting to a lower gear. They might not work as well in steering in a curve causes tires to Any sudden changes could cause a quick stop and could cause slip and lose cornering force. And in the tires to slide. You might not pulling to one side. You could the acceleration skid, too much realize the surface is slippery until lose control of the vehicle. throttle causes the driving wheels the vehicle is skidding. Learn to After driving through a large to spin. recognize warning clues — such as puddle of water or a car/vehicle enough water, ice, or packed snow If the vehicle starts to slide, ease wash, lightly apply the brake pedal on the road to make a mirrored your foot off the accelerator pedal until the brakes work normally. surface — and slow down when you and quickly steer the way you want have any doubt. Flowing or rushing water creates the vehicle to go. If you start steering strong forces. Driving through quickly enough, the vehicle may Remember: Any Antilock Brake flowing water could cause your straighten out. Always be ready System (ABS) helps avoid only the for a second skid if it occurs. braking skid. vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle Of course, traction is reduced when occupants could drown. Do not water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be material is on the road. For safety, Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to slow down and adjust your driving to vehicle traction and affect your ability drive through flowing water. these conditions. It is important to to stop and accelerate. Always drive slow down on slippery surfaces slower in these types of driving because stopping distance is longer conditions and avoid driving through and vehicle control more limited. large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water. 8-8 Driving and Operating

Hydroplaning • Keep the windshield washer fluid Hill and Mountain Roads reservoir filled. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through can build up under your vehicle’s • Have good tires with proper tread mountains is different than driving tires so they actually ride on the depth. See Tires on page 9-43. on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for water. This can happen if the road is • Turn off cruise control. driving in these conditions include: wet enough and you are going fast enough. When your vehicle is • Keep the vehicle serviced hydroplaning, it has little or no Highway Hypnosis and in good shape. contact with the road. Always be alert and pay attention • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and There is no hard and fast rule about to your surroundings while driving. transmission. hydroplaning. The best advice is If you become tired or sleepy, find to slow down when the road is wet. a safe place to park your vehicle • Going down steep or long hills, and rest. shift to a lower gear. Other Rainy Weather Tips Other driving tips include: Besides slowing down, other wet • Keep the vehicle well ventilated. { CAUTION weather driving tips include: • Keep interior temperature cool. • Allow extra following distance. If you do not shift down, the • Keep your eyes moving — scan brakes could get so hot that they • Pass with caution. the road ahead and to the sides. would not work well. You would • Keep windshield wiping • Check the rearview mirror and then have poor braking or even equipment in good shape. vehicle instruments often. none going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Driving and Operating 8-9

Winter Driving Try not to break the fragile traction. { CAUTION If you accelerate too fast, the drive Driving on Snow or Ice wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or surface under the tires even more. with the ignition off is dangerous. Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road, The brakes will have to do all the The Antilock Brake System (ABS) on creating less traction or grip. Wet ice work of slowing down and they page 8-32 improves vehicle stability can occur at about 0°C (32°F) when during hard stops on a slippery could get so hot that they would freezing rain begins to fall, resulting roads, but apply the brakes sooner not work well. You would then in even less traction. Avoid driving on than when on dry pavement. have poor braking or even none wet ice or in freezing rain until roads going down a hill. You could crash. can be treated with salt or sand. Allow greater following distance on Always have the engine running any slippery road and watch for and the vehicle in gear when going Drive with caution, whatever the slippery spots. Icy patches can occur downhill. condition. Accelerate gently so on otherwise clear roads in shaded traction is not lost. Accelerating too areas. The surface of a curve or an • Stay in your own lane. Do not quickly causes the wheels to spin overpass can remain icy when the swing wide or cut across the and makes the surface under the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid center of the road. Drive at tires slick, so there is even less sudden steering maneuvers and speeds that let you stay in your traction. braking while on ice. own lane. Turn off cruise control, if equipped, • Top of hills: Be alert — something on slippery surfaces. could be in your lane (stalled car, accident). • Pay attention to special road signs (falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action. 8-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about If possible, use the Roadside • Clear away snow from carbon monoxide, see Engine Assistance Program on page 12-6. around the base of your Exhaust on page 8-23. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle, especially any that is Snow can trap exhaust gases vehicle safe: blocking the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can cause • Turn on the hazard warning • Check again from time to deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas ﬂashers. time to be sure snow does to get inside. CO could overcome not collect there. • Tie a red cloth to an outside you and kill you. You cannot see it • Open a window about 5 cm mirror. or smell it, so you might not know it (two inches) on the side of is in your vehicle. Clear away snow the vehicle that is away from from around the base of your { CAUTION the wind to bring in fresh air. vehicle, especially any that is • Fully open the air outlets on or blocking the exhaust. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the instrument panel. under the vehicle. This may cause • Adjust the Climate Control exhaust gases to get inside. Run the engine for short periods only system to a setting that as needed to keep warm, but be Engine exhaust contains carbon circulates the air inside the careful. monoxide (CO) which cannot be vehicle and set the fan speed seen or smelled. It can cause to the highest setting. See unconsciousness and even death. Climate Control System in the (Continued) Index. (Continued) Driving and Operating 8-11

To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get short periods as needed to warm the it Out vehicle and then shut the engine off Slowly and cautiously spin the and close the window most of the wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and way to save heat. Repeat this until stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the help arrives but only when you feel front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between really uncomfortable from the cold. { CAUTION Moving about to keep warm also R (Reverse) and a forward gear, or with a manual transmission, helps. If you let your vehicle’s tires spin at between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and high speed, they can explode, and If it takes some time for help to R (Reverse), spinning the wheels arrive, now and then when you run you or others could be injured. The as little as possible. To prevent the engine, push the accelerator vehicle can overheat, causing an transmission wear, wait until the pedal slightly so the engine runs engine compartment ﬁre or other wheels stop spinning before shifting faster than the idle speed. This damage. Spin the wheels as little gears. Release the accelerator pedal keeps the battery charged to restart as possible and avoid going above while shifting, and press lightly on the vehicle and to signal for help with 55 km/h (35 mph) as shown on the the accelerator pedal when the the headlamps. Do this as little as speedometer. transmission is in gear. Slowly possible to save fuel. spinning the wheels in the forward For information about using tire and reverse directions causes a chains on the vehicle, see Tire rocking motion that could free the Chains on page 9-61. vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on page 9-73. 8-12 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information This weight includes the weight Label of all occupants, cargo, and all It is very important to know how nonfactory-installed options. much weight your vehicle can carry. Two labels on the vehicle The Tire and Loading Information show how much weight it may label also shows the tire size of properly carry, the Tire and the original equipment tires (C), Loading Information label and the and the recommended cold tire Certification label. inflation pressures (D). For more information on tires and inflation { see Tires on page 9-43 and Tire CAUTION Pressure on page 9-49. Do not load the vehicle any There is also important loading heavier than the Gross Vehicle information on the Certification Weight Rating (GVWR), or Label Example label. It tells you the Gross either the maximum front or Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) rear Gross Axle Weight Rating A vehicle specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight (GAWR). If you do, parts on Loading Information label is Rating (GAWR) for the front and the vehicle can break, and it attached to the vehicle’s center rear axle. See “Certification can change the way your pillar (B-pillar). With the driver’s Label” later in this section. vehicle handles. These could door open you will find the label cause you to lose control and attached below the door lock post crash. Also, overloading can (striker). The Tire and Loading shorten the life of the vehicle. Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (A), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (B) in kilograms and pounds. Driving and Operating 8-13

Steps for Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined Load Limit weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants That weight may not safely and cargo should never exceed the available cargo exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” and luggage load capacity on your vehicle’s placard. calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing 2. Determine the combined a trailer, the load from your weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred passengers that will be riding to your vehicle. Consult this in your vehicle. manual to determine how 3. Subtract the combined weight this reduces the available Example 1 of the driver and passengers cargo and luggage load from XXX kg or XXX lbs. capacity of your vehicle. A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg 4. The resulting ﬁgure equals the If your vehicle can tow a trailer, (1,000 lbs). available amount of cargo and see Trailer Towing on page 8-48 B. Subtract Occupant Weight luggage load capacity. For for important information on × = example, if the “XXX” amount 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 136 kg towing a trailer, towing safety (300 lbs). equals 1400 lbs and there will rules and trailering tips. be ﬁve 150 lb passengers in C. Available Occupant and your vehicle, the amount of Cargo Weight = 317 kg available cargo and luggage (700 lbs). load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). 8-14 Driving and Operating

weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s maximum vehicle capacity weight. Certiﬁcation Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). Label Example B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg A vehicle specific Certification (750 lbs). (1,000 lbs). label is attached to the center pillar, near the driver’s door latch. C. Available Cargo C. Available Cargo = = It tells you the gross weight Weight 113 kg (250 lbs). Weight 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of your vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Refer to your vehicle’s Tire and (GVWR). The GVWR includes Loading Information label for the weight of the vehicle, all specific information about the occupants, fuel, and cargo. vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined Driving and Operating 8-15

Never exceed the GVWR for the Notice: Overloading your vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight vehicle may cause damage. CAUTION (Continued) Rating (GAWR) for either the Repairs would not be covered front or rear axle. by your warranty. Do not anchors on the back wall overload your vehicle. of your trunk. You can use And, if you do have a heavy load, these anchors to tie down you should spread it out. See If you put things inside your lighter loads. They are not “Steps for Determining Correct vehicle — like suitcases, strong enough for heavy Load Limit” earlier in this section. tools, packages, or anything things, however, so put else — they will go as fast as the them as far forward as { CAUTION vehicle goes. If you have to stop you can in the trunk or or turn quickly, or if there is a rear area. Do not load the vehicle any crash, they will keep going. • Never stack heavier heavier than the Gross Vehicle things, like suitcases, Weight Rating (GVWR), or { CAUTION inside the vehicle so that either the maximum front or some of them are above rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Things you put inside your the tops of the seats. (GAWR). If you do, parts on vehicle can strike and injure • Do not leave an unsecured the vehicle can break, and it people in a sudden stop or child restraint in your can change the way your turn, or in a crash. vehicle. vehicle handles. These could • Put things in the rear area • When you carry something cause you to lose control and of your vehicle. Try to inside the vehicle, secure it crash. Also, overloading can spread the weight evenly. whenever you can. shorten the life of the vehicle. If you have fold-down rear • Do not leave a seat folded seats, you will ﬁnd four down unless you need to. (Continued) 8-16 Driving and Operating

Starting and • Avoid making hard stops for the Ignition Positions ﬁrst 200 miles (322 km) or so. Operating During this time the new brake The ignition switch has four different linings are not yet broken in. positions. New Vehicle Break-In Hard stops with new linings To shift out of P (Park), turn the can mean premature wear and ignition to ON/RUN and apply Notice: The vehicle does not earlier replacement. Follow this the brake pedal. need an elaborate break-in. But it breaking-in guideline every will perform better in the long run time you get new brake linings. if you follow these guidelines: • Do not tow a trailer during • Do not drive at any one break-in. See Trailer Towing on constant speed, fast or slow, page 8-48 for the trailer towing for the ﬁrst 500 miles (805 km). capabilities of the vehicle and Do not make full-throttle starts. more information. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.

Notice: Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key. Use the correct key, make sure it is all the way in, and turn it only with your hand. If the key cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer/retailer. Driving and Operating 8-17

LOCK/OFF: This is the only position ON/RUN: The ignition switch stays from which you can remove the key. { CAUTION in this position when the engine is This locks the steering wheel, running. This position can be used ignition and automatic transmission. On manual transmission vehicles, to operate the electrical accessories, Push in the ignition switch as you turning the key to LOCK/OFF and including the ventilation fan and turn the key toward you. removing it will lock the steering 115 volt power outlet, as well as to column and result in a loss of display some warning and indicator On vehicles with an automatic ability to steer the vehicle. lights. The transmission is also transmission, the shift lever must be This could cause a collision. unlocked in this position on in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch If you need to turn the engine automatic transmission vehicles. to the LOCK/OFF position. off while the vehicle is moving, The battery could be drained turn the key only to ACC/ A warning tone will sound if the driver if you leave the key in the ACC/ door is opened with the key in the ACCESSORY. Do not push the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position ignition. key in while the vehicle is moving. with the engine off. You may not be The ignition switch can bind in the able to start the vehicle if the battery LOCK/OFF position with your wheels ACC/ACCESSORY: This position is allowed to drain for an extended turned off center. If this happens, provides power to some of the period of time. electrical accessories. It unlocks the move the steering wheel from right START: This position starts the to left while turning the key to steering wheel and ignition. To move the key from ACC/ACCESSORY to engine. When the engine starts, ACC/ACCESSORY. If this doesn’t release the key. The ignition switch work, then the vehicle needs service. LOCK/OFF, push in the key and then turn it to LOCK/OFF. will return to ON/RUN for normal driving. A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened when the ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF and the key is in the ignition. 8-18 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Notice: Shifting into P (Park) components. If the ignition key is with the vehicle moving could turned to the START position, Power (RAP) damage the transmission. Shift and then released when the These vehicle accessories may be into P (Park) only when the vehicle engine begins cranking, the used for less than a minute after is stopped. engine will continue cranking for the engine is turned off. a about 30 seconds or until the Manual Transmission • Power Windows, if equipped vehicle starts. If the engine does The shift lever should be in not start and the key is held in • Sunroof, if equipped NEUTRAL and the parking brake START for many seconds, The power windows and sunroof will engaged. Hold the clutch pedal cranking will be stopped after continue to work for less than a to the ﬂoor and start the engine. 25 seconds to prevent cranking minute or until either front door is The vehicle will not start if the clutch motor damage. To prevent gear opened. The radio will work when pedal is not all the way down. damage, this system also the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ prevents cranking if the engine is ACCESSORY. Starting Procedure already running. Engine cranking 1. With your foot off the accelerator can be stopped by turning the Starting the Engine pedal, turn the ignition to START. ignition switch to ACC/ When the engine starts, let go of ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. Automatic Transmission the key. The idle speed will go Vehicles equipped with Move the shift lever to P (Park) or down as the engine gets warm. the 2.4L engine should not N (Neutral). The engine will not Vehicles equipped with be cranked for more than start in any other position. To restart the 1.8L engine have a 30 seconds at a time. This when you are already moving, use Computer-Controlled Cranking may overheat the starter and N (Neutral) only. System. This feature assists in wiring systems. starting the engine and protects Driving and Operating 8-19

Notice: Holding the key in START 3. If the engine still will not start, or Notice: The engine is designed for longer than 15 seconds at a starts but then stops, it could be to work with the electronics in time will cause the battery to be flooded with too much gasoline. the vehicle. If electrical parts or drained much sooner. And the Try pushing the accelerator pedal accessories are added, you excessive heat can damage the all the way to the floor and holding could change the way the engine starter motor. Wait about it there as you hold the key in operates. Before adding electrical 15 seconds between each try to START for about three seconds. equipment, check with your help avoid draining the battery or If the vehicle starts briefly but then dealer/retailer. If you do not, damaging the starter. stops again, do the same thing, the engine might not perform 2. If the engine does not start, wait but this time keep the pedal down properly. Any resulting damage about 15 seconds and try again for five or six seconds. This clears would not be covered by the to start the engine by turning the extra gasoline from the vehicle warranty. the ignition to START. Wait about engine. 15 seconds between each try. Engine Heater When the engine has run about The engine coolant heater, if 10 seconds to warm up, the available, can help in cold weather vehicle is ready to be driven. conditions at or below 0°F (−18°C) Do not run the engine at high for easier starting and better fuel speed when it is cold. economy during engine warm-up. If the weather is below freezing Plug in the coolant heater at least (32°F or 0°C), let the engine run four hours before starting the vehicle. for a few minutes to warm up. 8-20 Driving and Operating

To Use the Engine Coolant Shifting Into Park Heater CAUTION (Continued) 1. Turn off the engine. Plug the cord into a properly { CAUTION 2. Open the hood and unwrap the grounded three-prong 110-volt AC electrical cord. The electrical outlet. If the cord will not reach, It can be dangerous to get out of cord is located on the driver side use a heavy-duty three-prong the vehicle if the shift lever is not of the engine compartment. extension cord rated for at least fully in P (Park) with the parking brake ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 15 amps. roll. If you have left the engine 110-volt AC outlet. 4. Before starting the engine, be running, the vehicle can move { sure to unplug and store the suddenly. You or others could be CAUTION cord as it was before to keep injured. To be sure the vehicle will it away from moving engine not move, even when you are on Plugging the cord into an parts. If you do not, it could be fairly level ground, use the steps ungrounded outlet could cause damaged. that follow. If you are pulling a an electrical shock. Also, the trailer, see Driving Characteristics wrong kind of extension cord The length of time the heater should and Towing Tips on page 8-44. could overheat and cause a ﬁre. remain plugged in depends on You could be seriously injured. several factors. Ask a dealer/retailer in the area where you will be (Continued) parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. Driving and Operating 8-21

To shift into P (Park), do the Leaving Your Vehicle With the Torque Lock (Automatic following: Engine Running (Automatic Transmission) 1. Hold the brake pedal down Transmission) If you are parking on a hill and you and set the parking brake. do not shift into P (Park) properly, the See Parking Brake on page 8-33 { CAUTION weight of the vehicle may put too for more information. much force on the parking pawl in 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) It can be dangerous to leave the the transmission. You may find it by pushing the lever all the way vehicle with the engine running. difficult to pull the shift lever out of toward the front of the vehicle The vehicle could move suddenly P (Park). This is called “torque lock.” and to the left. if the shift lever is not fully in To prevent torque lock, set the P (Park) with the parking brake parking brake and then shift into 3. Turn the ignition key to firmly set. And, if you leave the P (Park) properly before you leave LOCK/OFF. vehicle with the engine running, it the driver seat. To find out how, see 4. Remove the key and take it with could overheat and even catch Shifting Into Park on page 8-20. you. If you can leave the vehicle fire. You or others could be Move the shift lever out of P (Park) with the key in your hand, the injured. Do not leave the vehicle before you release the parking vehicle is in P (Park). with the engine running. brake. If torque lock does occur, you may If you have to leave an automatic need to have another vehicle push transmission vehicle with the engine yours a little uphill to take some of running, be sure the vehicle is in the pressure from the parking pawl in P (Park) and the parking brake the transmission, so you can pull the is firmly set before you leave it. shift lever out of P (Park). 8-22 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park) use the Parking following: This vehicle has an electronic shift Before you get out of the vehicle, lock release system. The shift lock 1. Apply the brake pedal. move the shift lever into R (Reverse), release is designed to: 2. Move the shift lever to the and ﬁrmly apply the parking brake. • Prevent ignition key removal desired position. Once the shift lever has been placed into R (Reverse) with the clutch unless the shift lever is in If you still are unable to shift out of P (Park). pedal pressed in, you can turn the P (Park): ignition key to LOCK/OFF, remove • Prevent movement of the shift 1. Fully release the shift lever. the key and release the clutch. lever out of P (Park), unless the ignition is in ON/RUN and the 2. Hold the brake pedal down. If you are parking on a hill, or if brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the the vehicle is pulling a trailer, see desired position. Driving Characteristics and Towing The shift lock release is always Tips on page 8-44. functional except in the case of an If you still cannot move the shift uncharged or low voltage (less lever from P (Park), consult than 9 volt) battery. your dealer/retailer or a professional towing service. If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Shifting Out of Park on page 8-22 for more information. Driving and Operating 8-23

Evaporation Pump Engine Exhaust CAUTION (Continued) The vehicle is equipped with a vacuum pump for the fuel { CAUTION • The vehicle’s exhaust system evaporation system. This pump has been modified, damaged performs a fuel evaporation leakage Engine exhaust contains Carbon or improperly repaired. test approximately five hours Monoxide (CO) which cannot be after the engine is turned off. • There are holes or openings seen or smelled. Exposure to CO in the vehicle body from You may hear a sound coming can cause unconsciousness and from underneath the rear cargo damage or after-market even death. compartment for several minutes. modifications that are not Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: completely sealed. The noise is normal and does not signify a malfunction. See your • The vehicle idles in areas If unusual fumes are detected or if dealer/retailer with any questions. with poor ventilation (parking it is suspected that exhaust is garages, tunnels, deep snow coming into the vehicle: Parking Over Things that may block underbody • Drive it only with the windows airflow or tail pipes). That Burn completely down. • The exhaust smells or • Have the vehicle repaired sounds strange or different. immediately. { CAUTION • The exhaust system leaks Never park the vehicle with the due to corrosion or damage. Things that can burn could touch engine running in an enclosed hot exhaust parts under the (Continued) area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air vehicle and ignite. Do not park ventilation. over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn. 8-24 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle { CAUTION Automatic While Parked Transmission It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic Automatic Transmission to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully (Four Speed Automatic) in P (Park) with the parking brake ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. { CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle when the Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you have area with poor ventilation is to. If you have left the engine dangerous. Engine exhaust may running, the vehicle can move enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust suddenly. You or others could be contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) injured. To be sure the vehicle will which cannot be seen or smelled. not move, even when you are on It can cause unconsciousness fairly level ground, always set the and even death. Never run the parking brake and move the shift engine in an enclosed area that lever to P (Park). has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be The shift lever is located on the Exhaust on page 8-23. sure the vehicle will not move. console between the seats. See Shifting Into Park on page 8-20. P (Park): This position locks the If parking on a hill and pulling a front wheels. It is the best position trailer, see Driving Characteristics to use when you start the engine and Towing Tips on page 8-44. because the vehicle cannot move easily. Driving and Operating 8-25

Make sure the shift lever is fully in R (Reverse): Use this gear to { CAUTION P (Park) before starting the engine. back up. The vehicle has an automatic It is dangerous to get out of the transmission shift lock control Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) vehicle if the shift lever is not fully system. You must fully apply the while the vehicle is moving in P (Park) with the parking brake regular brake ﬁrst and move the shift forward could damage the ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever to the right before you can shift transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle Do not leave the vehicle when the from P (Park) when the ignition key is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only engine is running unless you have after the vehicle is stopped. to. If you have left the engine P (Park), ease pressure on the shift lever, then push the shift lever all the running, the vehicle can move To rock the vehicle back and forth to way into P (Park) as you maintain suddenly. You or others could be get out of snow, ice or sand without brake application. Then move the damaging the transmission, see If injured. To be sure the vehicle will shift lever to the right and move the the Vehicle is Stuck on page 8-11. not move, even when you are on shift lever into another gear. See fairly level ground, always set the Shifting Out of Park on page 8-22. parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 8-20. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 8-44. 8-26 Driving and Operating

N (Neutral): In this position, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) that way, you could damage the engine does not connect with the or N (Neutral) with the engine transmission. Have the vehicle wheels. To restart the vehicle when it running at high speed may serviced right away. You can drive is already moving, use N (Neutral) damage the transmission. The in L2 (Low) when you are driving only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the repairs would not be covered by less than 35 mph (56 km/h) and vehicle is being towed. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the D (Drive) for higher speeds engine is not running at high until then. speed when shifting the vehicle. { CAUTION 2 (Second): This position reduces D (Drive): This position is for vehicle speed more than D (Drive) Shifting into a drive gear while the normal driving. It provides the best without using the brakes. You can engine is running at high speed is fuel economy. If you need more use 2 (Second) on hills. It can help dangerous. Unless your foot is power for passing, and you are: control vehicle speed as you go ﬁrmly on the brake pedal, the • Going less than 35 mph down steep mountain roads, but then vehicle could move very rapidly. (56 km/h), push the accelerator you would also want to use the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. brakes off and on. people or objects. Do not shift into L (Low): This position reduces a drive gear while the engine is • Going about 35 mph (56 km/h) or vehicle speed even more than running at high speed. more, push the accelerator all the way down. 2 (Second) without using the brakes. You can use it on very steep hills, or Notice: If the vehicle seems to in deep snow or mud. If the shift lever start up rather slowly or not shift is put in L (Low), the transmission will gears when you go faster, and not shift into low gear until the vehicle you continue to drive the vehicle is going slow enough. Driving and Operating 8-27

Automatic Transmission system. You must fully apply the { CAUTION regular brake ﬁrst and move the shift (Five Speed Automatic) lever to the right before shifting from It is dangerous to get out of the P (Park) while the ignition key is in vehicle if the shift lever is not fully ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of in P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park), ease pressure on the shift ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever and push the shift lever all the Do not leave the vehicle when the way into P (Park) as you maintain engine is running unless you have brake application. Then move the to. If you have left the engine shift lever into another gear. See Shifting Out of Park on page 8-22. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be R (Reverse): Use this gear to injured. To be sure the vehicle will back up. not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving parking brake and move the shift The shift lever is located on the forward could damage the lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into console between the seats. transmission. The repairs would Park on page 8-20. If you are not be covered by the vehicle P (Park): This position locks the pulling a trailer, see Driving front wheels. It is the best position warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) Characteristics and Towing Tips only after the vehicle is stopped. to use when starting the engine on page 8-44. because the vehicle cannot move To rock your vehicle back and forth easily. to get out of snow, ice, or sand Make sure the shift lever is fully in without damaging the transmission, P (Park) before starting the engine. see If the Vehicle is Stuck on The vehicle has an automatic page 8-11. transmission shift lock control 8-28 Driving and Operating

N (Neutral): In this position, Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) Manual Mode the engine does not connect with or N (Neutral) with the engine the wheels. To restart the engine running at high speed may Driver Shift Control (DSC) when the vehicle is already moving, damage the transmission. DSC mode allows you to choose use N (Neutral) only. Also, use The repairs would not be covered the top gear limit of the vehicle’s N (Neutral) when the vehicle is by the vehicle warranty. Be sure transmission and the vehicle’s speed being towed. the engine is not running at high while driving down hill or towing a speed when shifting the vehicle. trailer. To use this feature, do the { CAUTION D (Drive): This position is for normal following: driving. It provides the best fuel 1. Move the shift lever from Shifting into a drive gear while the economy from the vehicle. If you D (Drive) left to S (Shift Control). engine is running at high speed is need more power for passing, and While driving in this mode, the dangerous. Unless your foot is you are: ﬁrmly on the brake pedal, the transmission will remain in the • Going less than 35 mph driver selected range. When vehicle could move very rapidly. (55 km/h), push the accelerator coming to a stop, the vehicle You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. will automatically shift into people or objects. Do not shift into 1 (First) gear. a drive gear while the engine is • Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or running at high speed. more, push the accelerator all the 2. Move the shift lever forward to way down. increase the gear range, or rearward to decrease the gear range available based upon your current driving conditions and needs. Driving and Operating 8-29

The number displayed in the The transmission will only allow Manual Transmission instrument cluster is the highest shifting into gears appropriate gear that the transmission will for the vehicles speed and engine be allowed to operate in. However, revolutions per minute (RPM): your vehicle can automatically • The transmission will not shift to lower gears as required automatically shift to the next by various driving conditions. higher gear if the vehicle speed This means that all gears below or engine RPM is too high. that number are available. • The transmission will not allow The display in the instrument cluster shifting to the next lower gear if will change from the currently the vehicle speed or engine RPM displayed message to 4 (Fourth) is too high. An audible warning when you enter S (Shift Control), and will sound and the downshift will change to indicate the requested not be allowed. The downshift gear range when moving the shift request will have to be made 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal and lever forward or rearward. again once the vehicle reaches shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let While using the DSC feature the an acceptable speed. up on the clutch pedal as you press transmission will have ﬁrmer shifting the accelerator pedal. and sportier performance. You can Downshift Required You can shift into 1 (First) when Requested Vehicle Speed use this for sport driving or when you are going less than 20 mph climbing hills to stay in gear longer 4 (Fourth) to Below 95 mph (32 km/h). If you have come to a or to downshift for more power or 3 (Third) (153 km/h) complete stop and it is hard to shift engine braking. 3 (Third) to Below 60 mph into 1 (First), put the shift lever in 2 (Second) (97 km/h) Neutral and let up on the clutch. 2 (Second) to Below 30 mph Press the clutch pedal back down. 1 (First) (48 km/h) Then shift into 1 (First). 8-30 Driving and Operating

2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal R (Reverse): To back up, press Shift Speeds as you let up on the accelerator down on the clutch pedal and shift pedal and shift into 2 (Second). into R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch { CAUTION Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the pedal as you press the accelerator accelerator pedal. If you skip a gear when you pedal. Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) downshift, you could lose control 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth): Shift while the vehicle is moving of the vehicle. You could injure into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth) and 5 (Fifth) forward could damage the yourself or others. Do not shift the same way you do for 2 (Second). transmission. The repairs would down more than one gear at a Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as not be covered by the vehicle time when you downshift. you press the accelerator pedal. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. To stop, let up on the accelerator This chart shows the maximum pedal and press the brake pedal. Also, use R (Reverse) along with allowable speeds in each gear when Just before the vehicle stops, press the parking brake for parking maximum acceleration is necessary. the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, the vehicle. and shift to Neutral. Neutral: Use this position when you start or idle the engine. Driving and Operating 8-31

Manual Transmission Engine 2.4L Drive Systems Recommended Shift Speeds 1to2 31 mph (50 km/h) Engine 1.8L All-Wheel Drive 53 mph With this feature, engine power is 34 mph 2to3 (86 km/h) 1to2 (55 km/h) sent to all four wheels at all times. 82 mph This is like four-wheel drive, but there 56 mph 3to4 (132 km/h) 2to3 (91 km/h) is no separate lever or switch to 112 mph engage or disengage the rear axle. 82 mph 4to5 (181 km/h) 3to4 (132 km/h) It is fully automatic, and adjusts itself as needed for road conditions. If vehicle speed drops below 20 mph 4to5 121 mph (195 km/h) (32 km/h), or if the engine is not running smoothly, you should downshift to the next lower gear. You may have to downshift two or more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance. 8-32 Driving and Operating

Brakes Let us say the road is wet and you Remember: ABS does not change are driving safely. Suddenly, an the time needed to get a foot up to animal jumps out in front of you. the brake pedal or always decrease Antilock Brake You slam on the brakes and continue stopping distance. If you get too System (ABS) braking. Here is what happens close to the vehicle in front of you, This vehicle has the Antilock Brake with ABS: there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly System (ABS), an advanced A computer senses that the wheels slows or stops. Always leave electronic braking system that are slowing down. If one of the enough room up ahead to stop, helps prevent a braking skid. wheels is about to stop rolling, the even with ABS. When the engine is started and the computer will separately work the vehicle begins to drive away, ABS brakes at each wheel. Using ABS checks itself. A momentary motor or ABS can change the brake pressure Do not pump the brakes. Just hold clicking noise might be heard while to each wheel, as required, faster this test is going on, and it might the brake pedal down ﬁrmly and than any driver could. This can help let antilock work. The antilock pump even be noticed that the brake pedal the driver steer around the obstacle moves a little. This is normal. or motor might be heard operating, while braking hard. and the brake pedal might be As the brakes are applied, the felt to pulsate, but this is normal. computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking Braking in Emergencies pressure accordingly. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help more United States Canada than even the very best braking. If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 4-17. Driving and Operating 8-33

Parking Brake press the release button. Hold the Ride Control Systems release button in as you move the To set the parking brake, hold the lever all the way down. brake pedal down and pull up on the Traction Control parking brake lever. If the ignition is Notice: Driving with the parking System (TCS) on, the brake system warning light brake on can overheat the brake will come on. system and cause premature wear Your vehicle has a traction control or damage to brake system parts. system that limits wheel spin. This is Make sure that the parking brake especially useful in slippery road is fully released and the brake conditions. The system operates warning light is off before driving. only if it senses that one or both of the drive wheels are spinning or If you are towing a trailer, see beginning to lose traction. When this Driving Characteristics and Towing happens, the system works the front Tips on page 8-44. brakes and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin. You may feel or hear the system working, but this is normal. Leave the system on during ordinary driving so that it can operate when needed. To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down. Pull the parking brake lever up until you can 8-34 Driving and Operating

When the ignition is turned to ON/RUN, the system automatically turns on. If the system has been turned off, it will automatically turn on at 55 km/h (35 mph). TCS cannot be turned off above 55 km/h (35 mph).

g is located to the left of the steering To turn off both the traction control wheel below the instrument panel system and StabiliTrak, press and cluster. hold g while the vehicle is stopped. The traction control system warning When getting the vehicle out of mud light and the VSC OFF light will come or newly fallen snow, turn off the on. To turn the systems back on, traction control system. The system g This light should come on briefly that controls engine performance press again. If both systems are when the engine is started. interferes with the process of freeing turned off, they will not turn back on The traction control system warning the front wheels. To turn off traction automatically when vehicle speed light flashes and an alarm will sound control, press and release g. The increases. intermittently when the system is traction control system warning light If the VSC OFF light flashes, there limiting wheel spin. will come on. To turn the traction is a problem in the traction control control system back on, press g system or StabiliTrak. again or increase vehicle speed and Adding non-GM accessories can the system will automatically turn affect your vehicle’s performance. back on. The traction control system See Accessories and Modifications warning light will go off. See Traction on page 9-3 for more information. Control System (TCS) Warning Light on page 4-19 for more information. Driving and Operating 8-35

StabiliTrak System The vehicle has the StabiliTrak system which combines antilock brake, traction and stability control systems. This system automatically controls the brakes and engine to help prevent the vehicle from If the vehicle is going to skid during The traction control system warning skidding when cornering on a driving, the traction control system light and the VSC OFF light will come slippery road surface or turning warning light ﬂashes and an alarm on. To turn the systems back on, the steering wheel abruptly. sounds intermittently. Adjust your press g again. If both systems are This system activates when the driving accordingly. turned off, they will not turn back on vehicle speed reaches or exceeds automatically when vehicle speed 15 km/h (9 mph), and deactivates increases. when the vehicle speed reduces to If the VSC OFF light ﬂashes, there below 15 km/h (9 mph). is a problem in the traction control A sound may be heard in the engine system or StabiliTrak. compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just To turn off both the traction control after the vehicle begins to move. system and StabiliTrak, press and This means that the system is in hold g while the vehicle is stopped. the self-check mode, but does not indicate a problem. 8-36 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control Cruise control, lets a speed of Setting Cruise Control 25 mph (40 km/h) or more be maintained without keeping your foot { CAUTION on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below If you leave your cruise control on 25 mph (40 km/h). when you are not using cruise, you might hit a button and go into { CAUTION cruise when you do not want to. You could be startled and even Cruise control can be dangerous lose control. Keep the cruise where you cannot drive safely at control switch off until you want to a steady speed. So, do not use use cruise control. the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic. 1. Press the ON-OFF button at the For vehicles with cruise control, the Cruise control can be dangerous end of the lever. The CRUISE lever is located on the right side on slippery roads. On such roads, light on the instrument panel of the steering wheel. fast changes in tire traction can cluster comes on. See Cruise cause excessive wheel slip, and Control Light on page 4-21. you could lose control. Do not use 2. Get to the desired speed. cruise control on slippery roads. 3. Move the lever down to −SET and release it. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Driving and Operating 8-37

If the cruise control indicator light Increasing Speed While Using Reducing Speed While Using flashes, press the ON-OFF button Cruise Control Cruise Control once to deactivate the system, There are three ways to increase There are two ways to reduce the and then press the button back on. the vehicle speed: vehicle speed while using cruise If the cruise control speed cannot control: be set or the cruise control cancels • Use the accelerator pedal to get immediately after being activated, to the higher speed. Move the • Push and hold the lever to −SET there may be a problem with the lever down to −SET. Release the until the desired lower speed is cruise control system. See your lever and the accelerator pedal. reached, then release it. dealer/retailer. • Move the cruise lever up to +RES. • To slow down in very small Hold it there until the desired amounts, push the lever down Resuming a Set Speed speed is reached, and then briefly. Each time this is done, If the brakes are applied after the release the lever. the vehicle will go about 1 mph cruise control is set, the cruise • To increase the vehicle speed in (1.6 km/h) slower. control is turned off. very small amounts, move the Passing Another Vehicle While If the vehicle speed is 25 mph lever to +RES briefly and then Using Cruise Control (40 km/h) or greater, push the lever release it. Each time this is done, up to +RES (Resume/Accelerate) to the vehicle goes about 1 mph Use the accelerator pedal to return to the previously set speed. (1.6 km/h) faster. increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle slows down to the cruise control speed set earlier. 8-38 Driving and Operating

Using Cruise Control on Hills Ending Cruise Control Fuel The cruise control performance will There are several ways to turn off Use of the recommended fuel vary depending upon the vehicle the cruise control: is an important part of the proper speed, load, and the steepness of • Step on the brake pedal or push maintenance of this vehicle. To help the hills. the clutch pedal, if the vehicle keep the engine clean and maintain When going up steep hills, you might has a manual transmission. optimum vehicle performance, we have to step on the accelerator pedal • Press the ON-OFF button. recommend the use of gasoline to maintain the vehicle speed. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent • Pull the cruise control lever Gasoline. When going downhill, you might toward you. have to brake or shift to a lower gear Look for the TOP TIER label on the to keep the vehicle speed down. Erasing Speed Memory fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets Applying the brake or downshifting The cruise control set speed memory enhanced detergency standards to 2 SECOND or L LOW turns is erased when the cruise control or developed by auto companies. A list off the cruise control. the ignition is turned off. of marketers providing TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com. Driving and Operating 8-39

Recommended Fuel California Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline with a Requirements posted octane rating of 87 or higher. If the vehicle is certified to meet If the octane rating is less than 87, California Emissions Standards, it is you might notice an audible knocking designed to operate on fuels that noise when you drive, commonly meet California specifications. referred to as spark knock. If this See the underhood emission control occurs, use a gasoline rated at label. If this fuel is not available in 87 octane or higher as soon as states adopting California emissions possible. If you are using gasoline standards, the vehicle will operate rated at 87 octane or higher and you satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal hear heavy knocking, the engine specifications, but emission control needs service. system performance might be affected. The malfunction indicator Gasoline Specifications lamp could turn on and the vehicle At a minimum, gasoline should might fail a smog-check test. meet ASTM specification D 4814 See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States or CAN/ page 4-14. If this occurs, return to CGSB-3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. your authorized dealer/retailer for Some gasolines contain an diagnosis. If it is determined that the octane-enhancing additive called condition is caused by the type of methylcyclopentadienyl manganese fuel used, repairs might not be tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend covered by the vehicle warranty. against the use of gasolines containing MMT. See Fuel Additives on page 8-40 for additional information. 8-40 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Fuel Additives For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Countries To provide cleaner air, all gasolines regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel If you plan on driving in another in the United States are now required System Treatment PLUS, added to country outside the United States to contain additives that help prevent the fuel tank at every engine oil or Canada, the proper fuel might engine and fuel system deposits change, can help clean deposits be hard to ﬁnd. Never use leaded from forming, allowing the emission from fuel injectors and intake valves. gasoline or any other fuel not control system to work properly. GM Fuel System Treatment recommended in the previous text In most cases, you should not have PLUS is the only gasoline additive on fuel. Costly repairs caused by to add anything to the fuel. However, recommended by General Motors. use of improper fuel would not be some gasolines contain only the It is available at your dealer/retailer. covered by the vehicle warranty. minimum amount of additive required to meet U.S. Environmental Gasolines containing oxygenates, To check the fuel availability, ask an Protection Agency regulations. such as ethers and ethanol, and auto club, or contact a major oil To help keep fuel injectors and reformulated gasolines might be company that does business in the intake valves clean, or if the vehicle available in your area. We country where you will be driving. experiences problems due to dirty recommend that you use these injectors or valves, look for gasoline gasolines, if they comply with the that is advertised as TOP TIER speciﬁcations described earlier. Detergent Gasoline. Look for the However, E85 (85% ethanol) and TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to other fuels containing more than ensure gasoline meets enhanced 10% ethanol must not be used in detergency standards developed vehicles that were not designed for by the auto companies. A list of those fuels. marketers providing TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com. Driving and Operating 8-41

Notice: This vehicle was not Filling the Tank designed for fuel that contains methanol. Do not use fuel { containing methanol. It can CAUTION corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic Fuel vapor burns violently and a and rubber parts. That damage fuel fire can cause bad injuries. would not be covered under the To help avoid injuries to you and vehicle warranty. others, read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. Some gasolines that are Turn off the engine when you are not reformulated for low refueling. Do not smoke if you are emissions can contain an near fuel or refueling the vehicle. octane-enhancing additive called Do not use cellular phones. Keep The fuel door release lever is near methylcyclopentadienyl manganese sparks, flames, and smoking the floor under the driver seat on the tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant materials away from fuel. Do not outboard side. where you buy gasoline whether the leave the fuel pump unattended fuel contains MMT. We recommend against the use of such gasolines. when refueling the vehicle. This is Fuels containing MMT can reduce against the law in some places. the life of spark plugs and the Do not re-enter the vehicle while performance of the emission pumping fuel. Keep children away control system could be affected. from the fuel pump; never let The malfunction indicator lamp might children pump fuel. turn on. If this occurs, return to your dealer/retailer for service. 8-42 Driving and Operating

been left off or improperly { CAUTION installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. Fuel can spray out on you if See Malfunction Indicator Lamp you open the fuel cap too quickly. on page 4-14. If you spill fuel and then something ignites it, you could be badly { burned. This spray can happen if CAUTION the tank is nearly full, and is more If a fire starts while you are likely in hot weather. Open the fuel refueling, do not remove the cap slowly and wait for any hiss nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel noise to stop. Then unscrew the by shutting off the pump or by cap all the way. The tethered fuel cap is located notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. behind a hinged fuel door on Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not the driver side of the vehicle. top off or overfill the tank and wait a Notice: If you need a new fuel To remove the fuel cap, turn it slowly few seconds after you have finished cap, be sure to get the right type. counterclockwise. On some vehicles pumping before removing the nozzle. Your dealer/retailer can get one for you may have to push in while Clean fuel from painted surfaces as you. If you get the wrong type, it turning the cap. soon as possible. See Exterior Care may not fit properly. This may on page 9-75. While refueling, hang the fuel cap cause the malfunction indicator inside of the fuel door. When replacing the fuel cap, turn lamp to light and may damage the it clockwise until it clicks. Make fuel tank and emissions system. When reinstalling the cap, turn it sure the cap is fully installed. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp clockwise until it clicks, otherwise The diagnostic system can on page 4-14. the Malfunction Indicator Lamp may determine if the fuel cap has turn on. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4-14. Driving and Operating 8-43

Filling a Portable Fuel Towing Container CAUTION (Continued) • Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing { CAUTION with the inside of the fill Information opening before operating the Only use towing equipment that has Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be been designed for your vehicle. while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer/retailer or towing electricity discharge from the complete. retailer for assistance with preparing container can ignite the fuel vapor. • Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. You can be badly burned and the pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing vehicle damaged if this occurs. To • Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: help avoid injury to you and others: while pumping fuel. • Dispense fuel only into • For information on driving while towing a trailer, see Driving approved containers. Characteristics and Towing Tips. • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a • For maximum vehicle and trailer vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed, or weights, see Trailer Towing. on any surface other than the • For information on equipment to ground. tow a trailer, see Towing Equipment. (Continued) For information on towing a disabled vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on page 9-73. For information on towing the vehicle behind another vehicle — such as a motorhome, see Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 9-73. 8-44 Driving and Operating

Driving Characteristics Trailer Towing on page 8-48. Pulling A Trailer Trailering is different than just driving Here are some important points: and Towing Tips the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, • There are many different laws, { CAUTION braking, durability and fuel economy. including speed limit restrictions, Successful, safe trailering takes having to do with trailering. Make The driver can lose control when correct equipment, and it has to be sure the rig will be legal, not only pulling a trailer if the correct used properly. where you live but also where you equipment is not used or the will be driving. A good source for The following information has many vehicle is not driven properly. this information can be state or time-tested, important trailering tips provincial police. For example, if the trailer is too and safety rules. Many of these are heavy, the brakes may not work important for your safety and that of • Do not tow a trailer at all during well — or even at all. The driver your passengers. So please read this the ﬁrst 1 600 km (1,000 miles) and passengers could be seriously section carefully before pulling a the new vehicle is driven. injured. The vehicle may also be trailer. The engine, axle or other damaged; the resulting repairs parts could be damaged. Load-pulling components such as would not be covered by the • Then, during the ﬁrst 800 km vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies and tires are forced to (500 miles) that a trailer is towed, if all the steps in this section have do not drive over 80 km/h been followed. Ask your dealer/ work harder against the drag of the added weight. The engine (50 mph) and do not make starts retailer for advice and information is required to operate at relatively at full throttle. This helps the about towing a trailer with the higher speeds and under greater engine and other parts of the vehicle. loads, generating extra heat. vehicle wear in at the heavier Also, the trailer adds considerably loads. The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is to wind resistance, increasing equipped with the proper trailer the pulling requirements. towing equipment. To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle, see Driving and Operating 8-45

• Vehicles with an automatic Before starting, check all trailer Following Distance hitch parts and attachments, safety transmission can tow in D (Drive). Stay at least twice as far behind the chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Shift the transmission to a lower vehicle ahead as you would when tires and mirror adjustments. If the gear if the transmission shifts too driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer has electric brakes, start the often under heavy loads and/or This can help to avoid situations that vehicle and trailer moving and then hilly conditions. For vehicles with require heavy braking and sudden apply the trailer brake controller by a manual transmission, it is better turns. not to use the highest gear. hand to be sure the brakes are working. This checks the electrical • Use the Sport Shift mode and the Passing connection at the same time. cruise control when towing. More passing distance is needed • Obey speed limit restrictions During the trip, check occasionally when towing a trailer. Because the when towing a trailer. Do not drive to be sure that the load is secure, rig is longer, it is necessary to go faster than the maximum posted and that the lamps and any much farther beyond the passed speed for trailers, or no more than trailer brakes are still working. vehicle before returning to the lane. 90 km/h (55 mph), to save wear Towing with StabiliTrak on the vehicle’s parts. Backing Up When towing, the sound of the Hold the bottom of the steering wheel Driving with a Trailer StabiliTrak modulator might with one hand. Then, to move the Towing a trailer requires a certain be heard. StabiliTrak is reacting to trailer to the left, move that hand to amount of experience. Get to know the vehicle movement caused the left. To move the trailer to the the rig before setting out for the open by the trailer, which mainly occurs right, move your hand to the right. road. Get acquainted with the feel of during cornering. This is normal Always back up slowly and, if handling and braking with the added when towing heavier trailers. possible, have someone guide you. weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself. 8-46 Driving and Operating

Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on When towing at high altitude on the instrument panel flash for turns steep uphill grades, consider the Notice: Making very sharp turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are following: Engine coolant will boil at a while trailering could cause the burned out. For this reason you may lower temperature than at normal trailer to come in contact with the think other drivers are seeing the altitudes. If the engine is turned off vehicle. The vehicle could be signal when they are not. It is immediately after towing at high damaged. Avoid making very important to check occasionally to be altitude on steep uphill grades, the sharp turns while trailering. sure the trailer bulbs are still working. vehicle may show signs similar to When turning with a trailer, make engine overheating. To avoid this, wider turns than normal. Do this so Driving On Grades let the engine run while parked, the trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, Reduce speed and shift to a lower preferably on level ground, with the curbs, road signs, trees or other gear before starting down a long or automatic transmission in P (Park) objects. Avoid jerky or sudden steep downgrade. If the transmission for a few minutes before turning the maneuvers. Signal well in advance. is not shifted down, the brakes engine off. For vehicles with manual might have to be used so much that transmissions, let the engine run Turn Signals When Towing a they would get hot and no longer while parked, preferably on level Trailer work well. ground, with the transmission out of gear and the parking brake applied, The arrows on the instrument panel Vehicles with an automatic flash whenever signaling a turn or for a few minutes before turning the transmission can tow in D (Drive). engine off. If the overheat warning lane change. Properly hooked up, Shift the transmission to a lower gear the trailer lamps also flash, telling comes on, see Engine Overheating if the transmission shifts too often on page 9-23. other drivers the vehicle is turning, under heavy loads and/or hilly changing lanes or stopping. conditions. For vehicles with a manual transmission, it is better not to use the highest gear. Driving and Operating 8-47

Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance When Trailer place, release the brake pedal Towing until the chocks absorb the load. { CAUTION The vehicle needs service more 4. Reapply the brake pedal. often when pulling a trailer. See this Parking the vehicle on a hill with Then apply the parking brake and manual’s Maintenance Schedule or the trailer attached can be shift into P (Park) for vehicles Index for more information. Things dangerous. If something goes with an automatic transmission that are especially important in trailer wrong, the rig could start to move. or into gear for vehicles with operation are automatic transmission People can be injured, and both a manual transmission. ﬂuid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the brake pedal. cooling system and brake system. damaged. When possible, always It is a good idea to inspect these park the rig on a ﬂat surface. Leaving After Parking on before and during the trip. a Hill Check periodically to see that all If parking the rig on a hill: 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal hitch nuts and bolts are tight. while you: 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not Engine Cooling When Trailer • start the engine, shift into P (Park) yet for vehicles Towing with an automatic transmission, • shift into a gear, and or into gear for vehicles with a The cooling system may temporarily manual transmission. Turn the • release the parking brake. overheat during severe operating wheels into the curb if facing 2. Let up on the brake pedal. conditions. See Engine Overheating downhill or into traffic if facing on page 9-23. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is uphill. clear of the chocks. 2. Have someone place chocks 4. Stop and have someone pick up under the trailer wheels. and store the chocks. 8-48 Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing on the vehicle, and the amount of Weight of the Trailer Tongue tongue weight the vehicle can carry. The tongue load (A) of any trailer is Before pulling a trailer, there are See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” an important weight to measure three important considerations that later in this section for more because it affects the total gross have to do with weight: information. weight of the vehicle. The Gross • The weight of the trailer. Maximum trailer weight is calculated Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes • The weight of the trailer tongue. assuming only the driver is in the tow the curb weight of the vehicle, any • The total weight on your vehicle and it has all the required cargo carried in it, and the people vehicle’s tires. trailering equipment. The weight of who will be riding in the vehicle. If additional optional equipment, there are a lot of options, equipment, Weight of the Trailer passengers and cargo in the tow passengers or cargo in the vehicle, it vehicle must be subtracted from the will reduce the tongue weight the How heavy can a trailer safely be? maximum trailer weight. vehicle can carry, which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle It should never weigh more than Ask your dealer/retailer for our can tow. If towing a trailer, the 680 kg (1,500 lbs). But even trailering information or advice, or tongue load must be added to the that can be too heavy. you can write us at our Customer GVW because the vehicle will be Assistance Offices. See Customer It depends on how the rig is used. carrying that weight, too. See Vehicle Assistance Offices on page 12-3 For example, speed, altitude, road Load Limits on page 8-12 for more for more information. grades, outside temperature and information about the vehicle’s how much the vehicle is used to pull maximum load capacity. a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment Driving and Operating 8-49

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s • Will any holes be made in the Tires body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed? If there Be sure the vehicle’s tires are are, then be sure to seal the holes inﬂated to the upper limit for cold later when the hitch is removed. tires. These numbers can be found If the holes are not sealed, dirt, on the Tire-Loading Information water, and deadly carbon label. See Vehicle Load Limits on monoxide (CO) from the exhaust page 8-12. Make sure not to go over can get into the vehicle. See the GVW limit for the vehicle, Engine Exhaust on page 8-23. including the weight of the trailer tongue. Safety Chains Always attach chains between the The trailer tongue (A) should weigh Towing Equipment vehicle and the trailer. Cross the 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded Hitches safety chains under the tongue of the trailer weight (B). trailer to help prevent the tongue It is important to have the correct After loading the trailer, weigh from contacting the road if it hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large the trailer and then the tongue, becomes separated from the hitch. trucks going by and rough roads are separately, to see if the weights are Always leave just enough slack so a few reasons why the right hitch is proper. If they aren’t, adjustments the rig can turn. Never allow safety needed. might be made by moving some chains to drag on the ground. items around in the trailer. • The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper. 8-50 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle battery, even if the vehicle is Does the trailer have its own Add-Ons not operating. brakes? Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer The vehicle has an airbag system. brakes so they are installed, Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything adjusted and maintained properly. Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Because the vehicle has anti-lock Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 2-34. brakes, do not tap into the vehicle’s electrical to the vehicle unless you brake system. If you do, both brake check with your dealer/retailer systems will not work well, or at all. ﬁrst. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the Trailer Wiring Harness damage would not be covered by All of the electrical circuits required the vehicle’s warranty. Some for the trailer lighting system can be add-on electrical equipment can accessed at the driver’s side rear keep other components from lamp connector. This connector is working as they should. located under the carpet at the rear corner of the cargo compartment. Vehicle Care 9-1

Engine Overheating ...... 9-23 Wheels and Tires Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 9-24 Tires ...... 9-43 Washer Fluid ...... 9-24 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-44 Brakes ...... 9-26 Tire Designations ...... 9-46 Brake Fluid ...... 9-27 Tire Terminology and General Information Battery ...... 9-28 Deﬁnitions ...... 9-46 General Information ...... 9-2 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-29 Tire Pressure ...... 9-49 California Proposition Starter Switch Check ...... 9-30 Tire Pressure Monitor 65 Warning ...... 9-2 Wiper Blade Replacement .....9-30 System ...... 9-50 California Perchlorate Tire Pressure Monitor Materials Requirements ...... 9-3 Headlamp Aiming Operation ...... 9-52 Accessories and Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-32 Tire Inspection ...... 9-54 Modiﬁcations ...... 9-3 Bulb Replacement Tire Rotation ...... 9-55 ...... 9-33 When It Is Time for New Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement ...... 9-56 Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-33 Tires Doing Your Own Buying New Tires ...... 9-56 Service Work ...... 9-4 Headlamps and Parking ...... 9-5 Lamps ...... 9-33 Different Size Tires and Hood Wheels ...... 9-58 Engine Compartment Taillamps ...... 9-35 ...... 9-36 Uniform Tire Quality Overview ...... 9-6 License Plate Lamp ...... 9-58 ...... 9-9 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-37 Grading Engine Oil Wheel Alignment and Tire Automatic Transmission Electrical System Balance ...... 9-60 Fluid ...... 9-12 ...... 9-60 ....9-14 Electrical System Overload ....9-37 Wheel Replacement Manual Transmission Fluid Tire Chains ...... 9-61 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-15 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...9-38 Engine Compartment Fuse If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-62 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-16 ...... 9-63 ...... 9-19 Block ...... 9-38 Tire Changing Cooling System Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-68 Engine Coolant ...... 9-19 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 9-41 9-2 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting General Information California Proposition Jump Starting ...... 9-69 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Towing your dealer/retailer. You will receive ...... 9-73 Most motor vehicles, including this Towing the Vehicle genuine GM parts and GM-trained Recreational Vehicle one, contain and/or emit chemicals Towing ...... 9-73 and supported service people. known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects Appearance Care Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: or other reproductive harm. Engine Exterior Care ...... 9-75 exhaust, many parts and systems Interior Care ...... 9-80 (including some inside the vehicle), ...... 9-83 Floor Mats many ﬂuids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals. Vehicle Care 9-3

California Perchlorate Accessories and Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use Materials Requirements Modifications of non-GM certified parts, including Certain types of automotive When non-dealer/non-retailer control module modifications, are applications, such as airbag accessories are added to the vehicle, not covered under the terms of the initiators, seat belt pretensioners, they can affect vehicle performance vehicle warranty and may affect and lithium batteries contained and safety, including such things remaining warranty coverage for in remote keyless transmitters, as airbags, braking, stability, ride affected parts. may contain perchlorate materials. and handling, emissions systems, GM Accessories are designed Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and to complement and function with For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock other systems on the vehicle. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability Your GM dealer/retailer can perchlorate. control. Some of these accessories accessorize the vehicle using could even cause malfunction or genuine GM Accessories. damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. 9-4 Vehicle Care

When you go to your GM dealer/ Vehicle Checks retailer and ask for GM Accessories, CAUTION (Continued) you will know that GM-trained and supported service technicians will Doing Your Own • Be sure to use the proper perform the work using genuine GM Service Work nuts, bolts, and other Accessories. fasteners. English and metric fasteners can be Also, see Adding Equipment to { CAUTION easily confused. If the wrong the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle fasteners are used, parts on page 2-35. You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you can later break or fall off. try to do service work on a vehicle You could be hurt. without knowing enough about it. • Be sure you have sufficient If doing some of your own service knowledge, experience, the work, use the proper service proper replacement parts, and manual. It tells you much more tools before attempting any about how to service the vehicle vehicle maintenance task. than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, (Continued) see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 12-12. Vehicle Care 9-5

This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood 2. From the front of the vehicle, Before attempting to do your pull up on the secondary own service work, see Airbag To open the hood: hood release located near System Check on page 2-36. the middle of the hood. Keep a record with all parts receipts 3. Lift the hood. and list the mileage and the date 4. Release the hood prop rod from of any service work performed. its retainer and insert into the slot, See Maintenance Records on moving it straight up. If it is moved page 10-18. to the side or toward the inside of the vehicle, it may become detached. Before closing the hood, be sure all the ﬁller caps are on properly. Return the hood prop rod carefully back to its retainer to avoid 1. Pull the release handle, located damaging the vehicle. below the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. 9-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 1.8L L4 engine, this is what you see. Vehicle Care 9-7

A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See G. Brakes on page 9-26 and ″Checking Engine Oil″ under Hydraulic Clutch on page 9-15 Engine Oil on page 9-9. (If Equipped). B. Engine Coolant on page 9-19. H. Engine Compartment Fuse C. Washer Fluid on page 9-24. Block. D. Coolant Recovery Tank. I. Battery on page 9-28. See Engine Coolant on J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. page 9-19. See Jump Starting. E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When K. Automatic Transmission Fluid to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Dipstick. See ″Checking the Oil on page 9-9. Fluid Level″ under Automatic F. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Transmission Fluid on page 9-12 page 9-16. (If Equipped) (Out of View). 9-8 Vehicle Care

When you open the hood on the 2.4L L4 engine, this is what you see. Vehicle Care 9-9

A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See G. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Engine Oil “Checking Engine Oil” under page 9-16. Engine Oil on page 9-9. H. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil B. Engine Coolant on page 9-19. Block. It is a good idea to check the C. Washer Fluid on page 9-24. I. Battery on page 9-28. engine oil level at each fuel ﬁll. In order to get an accurate reading, D. Coolant Recovery Tank. J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. the oil must be warm and the See Engine Coolant on See Jump Starting. vehicle must be on level ground. page 9-19. K. Automatic Transmission Fluid E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When Dipstick. See ″Checking the The engine oil dipstick handle to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Fluid Level″ under Automatic is a yellow loop. See Engine Oil on page 9-9. Transmission Fluid on page 9-12 Compartment Overview on page 9-6 (If Equipped) (Out of View). for the location of the engine oil F. Brakes on page 9-26 and dipstick. Hydraulic Clutch on page 9-15 (If Equipped). 1. Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan. If this is not done, the oil dipstick might not show the actual level. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level. 9-10 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil. What Kind of Engine Oil to Use If the engine has so much oil that Look for three things: the oil level gets above the upper hole, the engine could be damaged.

1.8L Engine

See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-6 for the location of the engine oil ﬁll cap. Add enough oil to put the level 2.4L Engine somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the If the oil is below the indent at way back in when through. the tip of the dipstick, add at least one liter/quart of the recommended oil. This section explains what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Speciﬁcations on page 11-2. Vehicle Care 9-11

• GM6094M Notice: Use only engine oil Engine Oil Additives / Engine Use only an oil that meets GM identified as meeting GM Standard Oil Flushes Standard GM6094M. GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Do not add anything to the oil. • SAE 5W-30 Certified For Gasoline Engines The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM SAE 5W-30 is best for the starburst symbol. Failure to use Standard GM6094M are all that is vehicle. These numbers on an the recommended oil can result needed for good performance and oil container show its viscosity, in engine damage not covered engine protection. or thickness. Do not use by the vehicle warranty. other viscosity oils such Engine oil system flushes are not as SAE 20W-50. Cold Temperature Operation recommended and could cause • American Petroleum Institute If in an area of extreme cold, engine damage not covered by (API) starburst symbol where the temperature falls the vehicle warranty. below −29°C (−20°F), use either an SAE 5W-30 synthetic oil or an When to Change Engine Oil SAE 0W-30 engine oil. Both provide Change the oil and filter every easier cold starting for the engine at 8 000 km (5,000 miles) or extremely low temperatures. Always 3 months, whichever occurs first. use an oil that meets the required See Scheduled Maintenance on specification, GM6094M. page 10-3. Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container. This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API). 9-12 Vehicle Care

What to Do with Used Oil Automatic Transmission Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level Used engine oil contains certain Fluid if you have been driving: elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause When to Check and Change • When outside temperatures are cancer. Do not let used oil stay on Automatic Transmission Fluid above 90°F (32°C). your skin for very long. Clean your Check the fluid in the transmission • At high speed for quite a while. skin and nails with soap and water, and differential at the intervals listed • In heavy traffic — especially or a good hand cleaner. Wash or in Scheduled Maintenance on in hot weather. properly dispose of clothing or rags page 10-3, and be sure to use containing used engine oil. See the the transmission fluid listed in • While pulling a trailer. manufacturer’s warnings about the Recommended Fluids and use and disposal of oil products. To get the right reading, the fluid Lubricants on page 10-15. should be at normal operating Used oil can be a threat to the How to Check Automatic temperature, which is 158°F to environment. If you change your own Transmission Fluid 176°F (70°C to 80°C). oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose This operation can be difficult, you Get the vehicle warmed up by of oil by putting it in the trash, pouring may choose to have this done at the driving about 15 miles (24 km) it on the ground, into sewers, or into dealer/retailer service department. when outside temperatures are above 50°F (10°C). If it is streams or bodies of water. Recycle If you do it yourself, be sure to it by taking it to a place that collects colder than 50°F (10°C), you follow all the instructions here, may have to drive longer. used oil. or you could get a false reading on the dipstick. Vehicle Care 9-13

Checking the Fluid Level Then, without shutting off the Prepare your vehicle as follows: engine, follow these steps: 1. Park your vehicle on a level The automatic transmission place. Keep the engine running. dipstick has an orange handle and is located near the front of the 2. With the parking brake applied, engine compartment. See Engine place the shift lever in P (Park). Compartment Overview on page 9-6 1.8L shown 3. With your foot on the brake for more information on location. 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, pedal, move the shift lever 1. Release the tab and pull out the and read the lower level. The through each gear range, dipstick and wipe it with a clean fluid level must be between the pausing for about three seconds rag or paper towel. two dimples in the hot range. in each range. Then, position the shift lever in P (Park). 2. Push it back in all the way, wait 4. If the fluid level is in the three seconds and then pull it acceptable range, push the 4. Let the engine run at idle for back out again. dipstick back in all the way; three to five minutes. then press the tab down to lock the dipstick in place. 9-14 Vehicle Care

How to Add Automatic Notice: Too much or too Manual Transmission Transmission Fluid little fluid can damage your transmission. Too much can mean Fluid Refer to the Maintenance that some of the fluid could come When to Check Schedule to determine what out and fall on hot engine parts or kind of transmission fluid to use. exhaust system parts, starting a A good time to have your manual Recommended Fluids and fire. Too little fluid could cause the transmission fluid level checked Lubricants on page 10-15. transmission to overheat. Be sure is when the engine oil is changed. If the fluid level is low, add only to get an accurate reading if you However, the fluid in your manual enough of the proper fluid to bring check your transmission fluid. transmission does not require changing. the level into the area between 3. After adding fluid, recheck the dimples on the dipstick. fluid level as described under How to Check “How to Check Automatic 1. Pull out the dipstick. This operation can be difficult, you Transmission Fluid,” earlier 2. Using a long-neck funnel, may choose to have this done in this section. add enough fluid at the dipstick at your dealer/retailer service hole to bring it to the proper level. 4. When the correct fluid level is department. It does not take much fluid, obtained, push the dipstick back in all the way; then press If you do it yourself, be sure to generally less than one pint follow all the instructions here, or (0.5 L). Do not overfill. the tab down to lock the dipstick in place. you could get a false reading. Vehicle Care 9-15

Notice: Too much or too 3. If the fluid level is good, install Hydraulic Clutch little fluid can damage your the plug and be sure it is fully transmission. Too much can mean seated. If the fluid level is low, The hydraulic clutch linkage in your that some of the fluid could come add more fluid as described in vehicle is self-adjusting. The master out and fall on hot engine parts or the next steps. cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT-3 exhaust system parts, starting a brake fluid. fire. Too little fluid could cause the How to Add Fluid It is not necessary to regularly transmission to overheat. Be sure Here is how to add fluid. Refer check the fluid unless you suspect to get an accurate reading if you to the Maintenance Schedule there is a leak in the system. check your transmission fluid. to determine what kind of fluid to Adding fluid will not correct a leak. use. See Recommended Fluids Check the fluid level only when your The hydraulic clutch and brake and Lubricants on page 10-15. engine is off, the vehicle is parked on master cylinder use the same a level place and the transmission 1. Remove the filler plug. reservoir. is cool enough for you to rest your 2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. fingers on the transmission case. A fluid loss in this system could Add only enough fluid to bring indicate a problem. Have the system Then, follow these steps: the fluid level up to the bottom inspected and repaired. 1. Remove the filler plug. of the filler plug hole. 2. Check that the lubricant level is 3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the up to the bottom of the filler plug is fully seated. plug hole. 9-16 Vehicle Care

When to Check and What Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Engine Air Cleaner/Filter to Use to determine how often you should check the fluid level in your master The engine air cleaner/filter is cylinder reservoir and for the proper in the engine compartment on fluid. See Scheduled Maintenance the driver side of the vehicle. on page 10-3 and Recommended See Engine Compartment Overview Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-15. on page 9-6 for more information on location. How to Check and Add Fluid When to Inspect the Engine Check that the fluid level is at Air Cleaner/Filter or above the MIN mark. If the level is below the MIN mark, see the If you are driving in dusty/dirty instructions on the reservoir cap. conditions, inspect the air cleaner/filter at each engine oil change. Replace the filter every 30,000 miles (48 000 km) The reservoir is located at the back or 24 months, whichever occurs first. of the engine compartment, on the See Scheduled Maintenance on driver side of the vehicle. Engine page 10-3 for more information. Compartment Overview on page 9-6. Vehicle Care 9-17

How to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: To inspect the air cleaner/filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt. If the filter remains caked with dirt, a new filter is required.

2. Lift the cover. 3. Inspect or replace the engine air 1.8L Engine cleaner/ﬁlter. 1. Release the two clips that hold 4. Reinstall the cover. the cover. 9-18 Vehicle Care

{ CAUTION

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. If it is not there and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with it off, and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner/filter off. 2.4L Engine 2. Lift the cover. 1. Release the three clips that hold 3. Inspect or replace the engine air Notice: If the air cleaner/filter the cover. cleaner/filter. is off, a backfire can cause a 4. Reinstall the cover. damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get into the engine, which will damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. Vehicle Care 9-19

Cooling System Engine Coolant { CAUTION When it is safe lift the hood: The coolant in the vehicle should An electric engine cooling fan last for five years or 150,000 miles under the hood can start up even (240 000 km), whichever occurs when the engine is not running first. When coolant is added ® and can cause injury. Keep or changed, use DEX-COOL hands, clothing, and tools away coolant. from any underhood electric fan. The following explains the cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem { CAUTION with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 9-23. Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, A. Electric Engine Cooling Fans you can be burned. B. Pressure Cap Do not run the engine if there is C. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle. 9-20 Vehicle Care

What to Use Notice: If an improper coolant sooner, at 30,000 miles mixture is used, the engine could (50 000 km) or 24 months, Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, overheat and be badly damaged. whichever occurs ﬁrst. Any drinkable water and DEX-COOL® The repair cost would not be repairs would not be covered coolant, which will not damage covered by the vehicle warranty. by the vehicle warranty. Always aluminum parts. If this coolant Too much water in the mixture use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) mixture is used, nothing else can freeze and crack the engine, coolant in your vehicle. needs to be added. radiator, heater core, and other { parts. Checking Coolant CAUTION • Gives freezing protection down to The vehicle must be on a level −34°F (− 38°C). surface. When the engine is cold, Adding only plain water to the the coolant level should be at LOW, cooling system can be dangerous. • Gives boiling protection up to or a little higher. When the engine Plain water, or some other liquid 265°F (129°C). is warm, the level should be up to such as alcohol, can boil before • Protects against rust and FULL, or a little higher. If it is not, the proper coolant mixture will. corrosion. there could be a leak at the pressure The vehicle’s coolant warning • Helps keep the proper engine cap or in the radiator hoses, heater system is set for the proper coolant temperature. hoses, radiator, water pump, or mixture. With plain water or the somewhere else in the cooling wrong mixture, the engine could • Lets the warning lights and gages system. work as they should. get too hot but would not get the See Engine Compartment Overview overheat warning. The engine Notice: Using coolant other than on page 9-6 for the location of could catch ﬁre and you or DEX-COOL can cause premature the coolant recovery tank. others could be burned. Use a engine, heater core or radiator 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable corrosion. In addition, the engine water and DEX-COOL® coolant. coolant may require changing Vehicle Care 9-21

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) You can be burned if you spill Your vehicle’s coolant warning coolant on hot engine parts. system is set for the proper Coolant contains ethylene glycol, coolant mixture. With plain water and it will burn if the engine parts or the wrong mixture, your engine are hot enough. Do not spill could get too hot but you would coolant on a hot engine. not get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch ﬁre and you or others could be burned. { CAUTION Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and a proper Adding only plain water to your coolant. cooling system can be dangerous. If you need more coolant, add the Plain water, or some other liquid Notice: In cold weather, water proper DEX-COOL® coolant mixture such as alcohol, can boil before can freeze and crack the engine, at the coolant recovery tank, but the proper coolant mixture will. radiator, heater core and other be careful not to spill it. (Continued) parts. Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant Occasionally check the coolant level mixture. in the radiator. For information on how to add coolant to the radiator, see Cooling System on page 9-19. 9-22 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator CAUTION (Continued) When the coolant in the coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool recovery tank is at the FULL mark, if you ever have to turn the start the vehicle. pressure cap. If the overheat warning continues, there is one more thing that can be done. Add the proper coolant { CAUTION mixture directly to the radiator but be sure the cooling system is Turning the radiator pressure cap cool before you do it. when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding { liquids to blow out and burn you If you hear a hiss, wait for that to CAUTION badly. With the coolant recovery stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. Steam and scalding liquids from a tank, you will almost never have hot cooling system can blow out to add coolant at the radiator. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, and burn you badly. They are Never turn the radiator pressure but now push down while turning. under pressure, and if you turn the cap — even a little — when the Remove the pressure cap. surge tank pressure cap — even a engine and radiator are hot. 3. Fill the radiator with the proper little — they can come out at high coolant mixture, up to the base 1. Remove the pressure cap when of the filler neck. For more speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the information about the proper the cooling system, including the pressure cap and upper radiator surge tank pressure cap, is hot. hose, is no longer hot. Turn coolant mixture look earlier in Wait for the cooling system and the pressure cap slowly this section. counterclockwise until it first 4. Then fill the coolant recovery (Continued) stops. Do not press down while tank to the FULL mark. turning the pressure cap. Vehicle Care 9-23

5. Put the cap back on the coolant Engine Overheating If Steam Is Coming From Your recovery tank, but leave the Engine pressure cap off. A coolant temperature gage is located on the vehicle’s instrument { 6. Start the engine and let it run panel. See Engine Coolant CAUTION until you can feel the upper Temperature Gage on page 4-11. radiator hose getting hot. Watch Steam from an overheated engine out for the engine cooling fan. Check to see if the electric engine can burn you badly, even if you cooling fan is running. If the engine just open the hood. Stay away 7. By this time, the coolant level is overheating, the fan should be inside the radiator filler neck may from the engine if you see or hear running. If it is not, the vehicle needs steam coming from it. Just turn it be lower. If the level is lower, service. add more of the proper coolant off and get everyone away from mixture through the filler neck If no problem is apparent, but the the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until the level reaches the base coolant level is not at or above the until there is no sign of steam or of the filler neck. FULL mark, add a 50/50 mixture coolant before you open the hood. of clean, drinkable water and 8. Then replace the pressure cap. If you keep driving when your DEX-COOL® coolant at the coolant At any time during this procedure engine is overheated, the liquids recovery tank. See Engine Coolant if coolant begins to flow out of the in it can catch fire. You or others on page 9-19 for more information filler neck, reinstall the pressure could be badly burned. Stop your about the proper coolant mixture. cap. Be sure the ears on the engine if it overheats, and get pressure cap are in line with If the coolant inside the coolant out of the vehicle until the engine the vent tube. recovery tank is boiling, do not do is cool. anything else until it cools down. The vehicle should be parked on Notice: If the engine catches a level surface. fire because of being driven with no coolant, your vehicle can be badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 9-24 Vehicle Care

If No Steam Is Coming From If the overheat warning is no longer Power Steering Fluid Your Engine displayed, the vehicle can be driven. Just to be safe, drive slower for about The vehicle has electronic power If an engine overheat warning is 10 minutes. If the warning does not steering and does not use power displayed but steam is not heard or come back on, continue to drive. steering fluid. If you suspect a seen escaping, the problem may problem, see your dealer/retailer. not be too serious. Sometimes If the warning continues, pull over, the engine can get a little too stop, and park the vehicle right away. Washer Fluid hot when the vehicle: If there is still no sign of steam, idle • Climbs a long hill on a hot day. the engine for three minutes while What to Use • Stops after high-speed driving. the vehicle is parked. If the warning When you need windshield is still displayed, turn off the engine washer fluid, be sure to read • Idles for long periods in traffic. and get everyone out of the vehicle the manufacturer’s instructions • Tows a trailer. until it cools down. before use. If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the If the overheat warning is displayed You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away. temperature may fall below freezing, with no sign of steam, try this for use a fluid that has sufficient a minute or so: protection against freezing. 1. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and let the engine idle. 2. Turn on the heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary. Vehicle Care 9-25

How to Check Windshield Adding Washer Fluid • Do not mix water with Washer Fluid ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. Also, water does not clean as well as washer fluid. Open the cap with the washer • Fill the washer fluid tank only To check windshield washer fluid. symbol on it. Add washer fluid three-quarters full when it is until the holes of the dipstick very cold. This allows for fluid 1. Pull dipstick out of windshield are filled between the LOW (B) expansion if freezing occurs, washer reservoir. and NORMAL (A). See Engine which could damage the tank 2. Washer fluid should fill the holes Compartment Overview on if it is completely full. between the LOW (B) and page 9-6 for reservoir location. • Do not use engine coolant NORMAL (A) mark. Notice: (antifreeze) in your windshield 3. If the fluid reads LOW (B) add • When using concentrated washer. It can damage the fluid. washer fluid, follow the vehicle’s windshield washer manufacturer’s instructions system and paint. for adding water. 9-26 Vehicle Care

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. the brakes are first applied or with or without the vehicle moving, Disc brake pads have built-in wear lightly applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { CAUTION and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 11-2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes might not work well. That could lead to not work properly. For example, an accident. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel installing disc brake pads that are See your dealer/retailer if the brake warning sound is heard, have the wrong for the vehicle, can change pedal does not return to normal vehicle serviced. the balance between the front and height, or if there is a rapid increase rear brakes — for the worse. The in pedal travel. This could be a sign Notice: Continuing to drive braking performance expected can that brake service might be required. with worn-out brake pads could change in many other ways if the result in costly brake repair. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Vehicle Care 9-27

Brake Fluid There are only two reasons why the Add or remove brake fluid, as brake fluid level in the reservoir necessary, only when work is done might go down: on the brake/clutch hydraulic system. • The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining { CAUTION wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes If too much brake fluid is added, back up. it can spill on the engine and burn, The brake master cylinder and, on • A fluid leak in the brake and/or if the engine is hot enough. You manual transmission vehicles, the clutch hydraulic system can also or others could be burned, and clutch hydraulic system use the cause a low fluid level. Have the the vehicle could be damaged. same reservoir. The reservoir is filled brake and/or clutch hydraulic Add brake fluid only when work with DOT-3 brake fluid as indicated system fixed, since a leak means is done on the brake hydraulic on the reservoir cap. See Engine that sooner or later the brakes system. Compartment Overview on page 9-6 and/or clutch will not work well. for the location of the reservoir. Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. When the brake fluid falls to a low Adding fluid does not correct a leak. level, the brake warning light comes If fluid is added when the linings are on. See Brake System Warning worn, there will be too much fluid Light on page 4-17. when new brake linings are installed. 9-28 Vehicle Care

What to Add Notice: Battery Use only new DOT-3 brake • Using the wrong fluid can This vehicle has a maintenance fluid from a sealed container. badly damage brake or clutch free battery. When it is time for a See Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. new battery, see your dealer/retailer Lubricants on page 10-15. For example, just a few drops for one that has the replacement of mineral-based oil, such as Always clean the brake fluid number shown on the original engine oil, in the brake or clutch reservoir cap and the area around battery’s label. See Engine hydraulic system can damage the cap before removing it. This Compartment Overview on brake or clutch hydraulic helps keep dirt from entering the page 9-6 for battery location. system parts so badly that they reservoir. will have to be replaced. Do not let someone put in the wrong { WARNING { CAUTION kind of fluid. Battery posts, terminals, and • If brake fluid is spilled on the With the wrong kind of fluid in the related accessories contain lead vehicle’s painted surfaces, the brake or clutch hydraulic system, and lead compounds, chemicals paint finish can be damaged. known to the State of California the brakes or clutch might not Be careful not to spill brake to cause cancer and reproductive work well. This could cause a fluid on the vehicle. If you do, harm. Wash hands after handling. crash. Always use the proper wash it off immediately. brake fluid. Vehicle Care 9-29

Vehicle Storage All-Wheel Drive Carrier Assembly-Differential If you have an all-wheel-drive (Rear Drive Module) { CAUTION vehicle, be sure to perform the When to Check and Change lubricant checks described in this Lubricant Batteries have acid that can burn section. you and gas that can explode. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Transfer Case You can be badly hurt if you are to determine how often to check the not careful. See Jump Starting (Power Transfer Unit) lubricant and when to change it. See Scheduled Maintenance on on page 9-69 for tips on working When to Check Lubricant page 10-3. around a battery without Refer to the Maintenance Schedule getting hurt. to determine how often to check How to Check Lubricant the lubricant. See Scheduled To get an accurate reading, the Maintenance on page 10-3. Infrequent Usage: If the vehicle vehicle should be on a level surface. is driven infrequently, remove the How to Check Lubricant black, negative (−) cable from the If the level is below the bottom of To get an accurate reading, the battery. This helps keep the battery the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add vehicle should be on a level surface. from running down. some lubricant. Add enough lubricant If the level is below the bottom of to raise the level to the bottom of the Extended Storage: For extended the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add filler plug hole. A fluid loss could storage of the vehicle, remove the some lubricant. Add enough lubricant indicate a problem; check and have − black, negative ( ) cable from the to raise the level to the bottom of the it repaired, if needed. battery or use a battery trickle filler plug hole. charger. This helps maintain the What to Use What to Use charge of the battery over an Refer to the Maintenance Schedule extended period of time. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to to determine what kind of lubricant to use. See Recommended Fluids and use. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-15. Lubricants on page 10-15. 9-30 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Wiper Blade vehicles, try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle Replacement { CAUTION should start only in P (Park) or Front Windshield Wiper N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts When you are doing this in any other position, contact Windshield wiper blades should inspection, the vehicle could move your dealer/retailer for service. be inspected at least twice a year suddenly. If the vehicle moves, for wear or cracking. you or others could be injured. For manual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in Replacement blades come in Neutral, push the clutch pedal different types and are removed 1. Before starting this check, be down halfway, and try to start the in different ways. To remove sure there is enough room engine. The vehicle should start the wiper blade: around the vehicle. only when the clutch pedal is 2. Firmly apply both the parking pushed down all the way to the brake and the regular brake. ﬂoor. If the vehicle starts when See Parking Brake on page 8-33. the clutch pedal is not pushed Do not use the accelerator all the way down, contact your pedal, and be ready to turn off dealer/retailer for service. the engine immediately if it starts.

1. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield. Vehicle Care 9-31

Rear Windshield Wiper

2. Push the release lever and slide 3. Slide the new wiper assembly the wiper assembly toward the into place. 1. Disengage the two pins and driver side of the vehicle. 4. Push the release lever down to disconnect the rear wiper arm by lock into place. pulling them up. 9-32 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment. However, if your vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. Aim adjustment to the low-beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers ﬂash their high-beam headlamps at you (for vertical aim). 2. Raise the wiper arm until it 3. Push the rear wiper assembly If the headlamps need to be comes off. straight into the rear wiper arm. re-aimed, it is recommended that You will hear a clicking sound 4. Reengage the two pins to the you take the vehicle to your when the arm comes off. rear wiper arm by pushing dealer/retailer for service. them down. Vehicle Care 9-33

Bulb Replacement Headlamps and Parking High-beam and Low-beam Headlamps For the proper type of replacement Lamps bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs To replace the High-beam or on page 9-37. Low-beam Headlamp: For any bulb changing procedure 1. Open the hood. See Hood on not listed in this section, contact page 9-5. your dealer/retailer. Halogen Bulbs

{ CAUTION

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or A. High-beam Headlamp others could be injured. Be sure B. Turn Signal Lamp/Parking Lamp to read and follow the instructions C. Low-beam Headlamp on the bulb package. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out of the headlamp assembly. 9-34 Vehicle Care

Front Turn Signal Lamp and Parking Lamp To replace the Front Turn Signal Lamp or Parking Lamp: 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 9-5.

3. Unplug the connector while 3. Pull the old bulb straight out of pressing down on the release tab. the bulb socket. 4. Pull the old bulb straight out. 4. Push the new bulb straight in 5. Push the new bulb straight until it clicks. in until it clicks. 5. Push the bulb socket into 6. Push the bulb socket into the the lamp assembly and turn headlamp assembly and turn clockwise to secure it in its 2. Turn the bulb socket original location. it clockwise to secure it in counterclockwise and pull its original location. it out of the lamp assembly. Vehicle Care 9-35

Taillamps To replace one of these lamps: 1. Open the liftgate.

Driver Side

A. Turn Signal Lamp 2. Remove the storage B. Stoplamp/Sidemarker Passenger Side compartment cover in the Lamp/Taillamp rear cargo area of the vehicle C. Back-up Lamp to access the bulbs. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out. 9-36 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp To replace the license plate lamp bulb:

4. Pull the bulb straight out of the 2. Turn the bulb socket socket. counterclockwise to remove it 5. Push the new bulb straight in from the license plate assembly. until it clicks to secure. 3. Pull the bulb straight out of 1. Press the tabs in to disengage the bulb socket. 6. Push the bulb socket in and turn them and remove the license it clockwise to secure. plate lamp assembly. 4. Push the new bulb straight in the 7. Reinstall the cover. bulb socket until it clicks. 5. Push the bulb socket straight into the license plate assembly and turn it clockwise to secure it. 6. Reinstall the license plate assembly into its original location making sure the tabs reengage. Vehicle Care 9-37

Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Fuses and circuit breakers protect the following in the vehicle: Bulb Electrical System • Headlamp Wiring Exterior Lamp Number Overload • Windshield Wiper Motor High-beam 9005 The vehicle has fuses and circuit • Power Windows and other Power Headlamps breakers to protect against an Accessories electrical system overload. Low-beam 9006 Headlamps Headlamp Wiring When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens An electrical overload may cause Sidemarker Lamp/ 7443 Stoplamp/Taillamp and closes, protecting the circuit until the lamps to go on and off, or in the until the current load returns to some cases to remain off. Have For replacement bulbs not listed normal or the problem is ﬁxed. This the headlamp wiring checked right here, contact your dealer/retailer. greatly reduces the chance of circuit away if the lamps go on and off or overload and ﬁre caused by electrical remain off. problems. 9-38 Vehicle Care

Windshield Wipers Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment If the wiper motor overheats due to Breakers Fuse Block heavy snow or ice, the windshield The wiring circuits in the vehicle are wipers will stop until the motor cools protected from short circuits by a and will then restart. combination of fuses, circuit breakers Although the circuit is protected from and fusible thermal links. This greatly electrical overload, overload due to reduces the chance of ﬁres caused heavy snow or ice, may cause wiper by electrical problems. linkage damage. Always clear ice Look at the silver-colored band and heavy snow from the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken before using the windshield wipers. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure If the overload is caused by an you replace a bad fuse with a new electrical problem and not snow one of the identical size and rating. or ice, be sure to get it ﬁxed. Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another This engine compartment fuse block fuse location, if a fuse goes out. is located in the engine compartment Replace the fuse as soon as on the driver side of the vehicle you can. near the air cleaner. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-6. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. Vehicle Care 9-39

Fuses Usage Emission Control 8 System Main, Horn, Ignition 2 9 Headlamp Main Emission Control 10 System 2 Multiport Fuel Injection System/ 11 Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Driver Side 12 Headlamp Passenger Side 13 Headlamp Driver Side Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Low-Beam 14 Headlamp, Electric ABS, Vehicle Front Foglamps 1 Cooling Fans 4 Stability Control System Passenger Side 2 Electric 15 Low-Beam Cooling Fans Air Conditioning Headlamp 5 System Antilock Braking Multiport Fuel System (ABS), 6 Charging System Injection System/ 3 Vehicle Stability 7 Electric Power 16 Sequential Multiport Control System Steering Fuel Injection System 9-40 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 17 Turn Signal Lamps, Main Body ECU, Multiport Hazard Lamps Gages, Daytime Fuel Injection 18 Charging System Running System/Sequential Lights (DRL), Multiport Fuel Starting System, 24 Air Conditioning 32 Injection System, Multiport Fuel System, Wireless Horn, Emission Injection System/ 19 Remote Control, Control System 1, Sequential Multiport Theft Deterrent Emission Control Fuel Injection System System 2 System 25 Audio System 33 Horn Starting System, Multiport Fuel Interior Lamps, Multiport Fuel 26 Personal Lamps, Injection System/ 20 Injection System/ Sequential Multiport Clock 34 Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection 27 Spare Fuel Injection System System, Horn, 28 Spare Ignition, Meter 21 Empty 29 Spare 35 PTC Heater 1 22 Starting System 30 Audio System 36 PTC Heater 3 Engine Immobilizer 31 OnStar® 23 System Air Conditioning 37 Inverter Vehicle Care 9-41

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The fuse block is located under the instrument panel on the driver side of the vehicle. Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Parking Lamps, 3 Power Windows License Plate 4 Power Windows Lamps, Taillamp, Multiport Fuel 5 Power Windows 1 Injection System/ 6 Sunroof Sequential Multiport Cigarette Lighter, Fuel Injection 7 Accessory Power System, Instrument Outlet Panel Lights 2 Switch Illumination 9-42 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Outside Rearview 16 Windshield Washer Stoplamps, Center Mirrors, Audio Main Body ECU, High-Mounted System, Main Body Electric Power Stoplamps (CHMSL), 8 Engine Control Steering, Electric ABS, Vehicle Unit (ECU), Clock, Cooling Fans, Stability Control Brake Transmission Brake Transmission 20 System, Multiport Shift Interlock Shift Interlock, Fuel Injection 9 Empty Antilock Braking System/Sequential Multiport Fuel 10 Empty System (ABS), 17 Multiport Fuel Injection System, Airbag System, Injection System/ Brake Transmission Multiport Fuel Sequential Multiport Shift Interlock Injection System/ Power Door Lock Fuel Injection 21 Sequential Multiport System, Tire System 11 Fuel Injection Pressure Monitoring Outside Rearview System, Front System (TPMS), Passenger Occupant Mirrors, Audio Vehicle Stability System, Main Body Classiﬁcation Control System System 22 ECU, Clock, Brake Back-up Lamps, Transmission Shift 12 Gages and Meters Charging System, Interlock, Cigarette Air Conditioning 18 Rear Window Lighter 13 System, Rear Defogger All-Wheel Drive Window Defogger 23 System 19 Onboard Diagnosis 14 Windshield Wipers System 24 Front Foglamps 15 Rear Window Wipers Vehicle Care 9-43

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires CAUTION (Continued) Ignition, Outside Rearview Mirrors, Tires Underinflated tires pose the Audio System, Main • 25 Body ECU, Clock, Your new vehicle comes same danger as overloaded Brake Transmission with high-quality tires made tires. The resulting accident Shift Interlock, by a leading tire manufacturer. could cause serious injury. Cigarette Lighter If you ever have questions about Check all tires frequently to Rear Window your tire warranty and where to maintain the recommended Defogger, Heated obtain service, see your vehicle pressure. Tire pressure Mirrors, Multiport Warranty booklet for details. should be checked when 26 Fuel Injection For additional information refer your tires are cold. See Tire System/Sequential to the tire manufacturer. Pressure on page 9-49. Multiport Fuel Overinflated tires are more Injection System • { CAUTION likely to be cut, punctured 27 Power Windows or broken by a sudden Poorly maintained and improperly impact — such as when you used tires are dangerous. hit a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure. • Overloading your tires can Worn, old tires can cause cause overheating as a result • of too much flexing. You accidents. If your tread is could have an air-out and a badly worn, or if your tires serious accident. See Vehicle have been damaged, Load Limits on page 8-12. replace them. (Continued) 9-44 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall Labeling (A) Tire Size: The tire size (D) Tire Ply Material: The type is a combination of letters and of cord and number of plies Useful information about a numbers used to define a in the sidewall and under tire is molded into its sidewall. particular tire’s width, height, the tread. The examples show a typical aspect ratio, construction type, passenger vehicle tire and a and service description. See the (E) Uniform Tire Quality compact spare tire sidewall. “Tire Size” illustration later in this Grading (UTQG): Tire section for more detail. manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three (B) DOT (Department performance factors: treadwear, of Transportation): The traction, and temperature Department of Transportation resistance. For more information (DOT) code indicates that the see Uniform Tire Quality Grading tire is in compliance with the U.S. on page 9-58. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. (F) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximum load (C) Tire Identification Number that can be carried and the (TIN): The letters and numbers maximum pressure needed following DOT (Department of to support that load. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Transportation) code is the Tire Example Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. Vehicle Care 9-45

regular road tire has lost air and (D) Maximum Cold Inflation gone flat. If your vehicle has a Load Limit: Maximum load compact spare tire. See Compact that can be carried and the Spare Tire on page 9-68 and If a maximum pressure needed Tire Goes Flat on page 9-62. to support that load. (B) Tire Ply Material: The type (E) Tire Inflation: The of cord and number of plies temporary use tire or compact in the sidewall and under spare tire should be inflated the tread. to 60 psi (420 kPa). For more information on tire pressure and (C) Tire Identification Number inflation see Tire Pressure on (TIN): The letters and numbers page 9-49. Compact Spare Tire Example following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code is the (F) Tire Size: A combination (A) Temporary Use Only: Tire Identification Number (TIN). of letters and numbers define a The compact spare tire or The TIN shows the manufacturer tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, temporary use tire has a tread and plant code, tire size, and construction type, and service life of approximately 3,000 miles date the tire was manufactured. description. The letter T as the (5 000 km) and should not be The TIN is molded onto both first character in the tire size driven at speeds over 65 mph sides of the tire, although only means the tire is for temporary (105 km/h). The compact spare one side may have the date of use only. tire is for emergency use when a manufacture. 9-46 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit Tire Terminology and number that indicates the tire Definitions Tire Size height-to-width measurements. The following illustration For example, if the tire size Air Pressure: The amount of air shows an example of a typical aspect ratio is 60, as shown in inside the tire pressing outward passenger vehicle tire size. item C of the illustration, it would on each square inch of the tire. mean that the tire’s sidewall is Air pressure is expressed in 60 percent as high as it is wide. pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa). (D) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight: This means of ply construction in the tire. the combined weight of optional The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples construction; the letter D means of optional accessories are, (A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: diagonal or bias ply construction; automatic transmission, power The United States version of a and the letter B means steering, power brakes, power metric tire sizing system. The belted-bias ply construction. windows, power seats, and air conditioning. letter P as the first character in (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the tire size means a passenger the wheel in inches. Aspect Ratio: The relationship vehicle tire engineered to of a tire’s height to its width. standards set by the U.S. (F) Service Description: These Tire and Rim Association. characters represent the load Belt: A rubber coated layer of index and speed rating of the tire. cords that is located between the (B) Tire Width: The three-digit The load index represents the plies and the tread. Cords may number indicates the tire section load carry capacity a tire is be made from steel or other width in millimeters from sidewall certified to carry. The speed reinforcing materials. to sidewall. rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Vehicle Care 9-47

Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code Intended Outboard Sidewall: steel wires wrapped by steel molded into the sidewall of a The side of an asymmetrical tire, cords that hold the tire onto tire signifying that the tire is that must always face outward the rim. in compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. Department of Transportation Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic (DOT) motor vehicle safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric tire in which the plies are laid standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. at alternate angles less than includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: 90 degrees to the centerline Number (TIN), an alphanumeric of the tread. A tire used on light duty designator which can also trucks and some multipurpose Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, passenger vehicles. amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and measured in pounds per square date of production. Load Index: An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight before a tire has built up heat that corresponds to the load Rating. See Vehicle Load carrying capacity of a tire. from driving. See Tire Pressure Limits on page 8-12. on page 9-49. Maximum Inflation Pressure: GAWR FRT: Gross Axle The maximum air pressure to Curb Weight: The weight of Weight Rating for the front axle. a motor vehicle with standard which a cold tire can be inflated. See Vehicle Load Limits on The maximum air pressure is and optional equipment including page 8-12. the maximum capacity of fuel, molded onto the sidewall. oil, and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Maximum Load Rating: passengers and cargo. Weight Rating for the rear axle. The load rating for a tire at the See Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation page 8-12. pressure for that tire. 9-48 Vehicle Care

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Traction: The friction between Weight: The sum of curb weight, A tire used on passenger cars the tire and the road surface. accessory weight, vehicle and some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. capacity weight, and production multipurpose vehicles. options weight. Tread: The portion of a tire that Recommended Inﬂation comes into contact with the road. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer’s recommended Treadwear Indicators: Narrow is designed to seat multiplied tire inﬂation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear by 150 lbs (68 kg). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bars, that show across the tread Load Limits on page 8-12. Pressure on page 9-49 and of a tire when only 1/16 inch Vehicle Load Limits on (1.6 mm) of tread remains. Occupant Distribution: page 8-12. See When It Is Time for New Designated seating positions. Tires on page 9-56. Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Outward Facing Sidewall: The tire in which the ply cords that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality side of an asymmetrical tire that extend to the beads are laid at Grading Standards): A tire has a particular side that faces 90 degrees to the centerline of information system that provides outward when mounted on a the tread. consumers with ratings for a vehicle. The side of the tire that tire’s traction, temperature, contains a whitewall, bears white Rim: A metal support for and treadwear. Ratings are lettering, or bears manufacturer, a tire and upon which the determined by tire manufacturers brand, and/or model name tire beads are seated. using government testing molding that is higher or deeper procedures. The ratings are than the same moldings on the Sidewall: The portion of a tire molded into the sidewall of the other sidewall of the tire. between the tread and the bead. tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Grading on page 9-58. code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate. Vehicle Care 9-49

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Tire Pressure A vehicle specific Tire and number of designated seating Loading Information label positions multiplied by 150 lbs Tires need the correct amount is attached to your vehicle. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo load. of air pressure to operate This label shows your vehicle’s See Vehicle Load Limits on effectively. original equipment tires and the page 8-12. Notice: Do not let anyone correct inflation pressures for tell you that under-inflation or your tires when they are cold. Vehicle Maximum Load on the The recommended cold tire Tire: Load on an individual tire over-inflation is all right. It is not. If your tires do not have inflation pressure, shown on the due to curb weight, accessory label, is the minimum amount of weight, occupant weight, and enough air (under-inflation), you can get the following: air pressure needed to support cargo weight. your vehicle’s maximum load • Too much flexing Vehicle Placard: A label carrying capacity. • Too much heat permanently attached to a For additional information vehicle showing the vehicle’s • Tire overloading regarding how much weight capacity weight and the • Premature or irregular wear your vehicle can carry, and an original equipment tire size • Poor handling example of the Tire and Loading and recommended inflation Information label, see Vehicle pressure. See “Tire and Loading • Reduced fuel economy Load Limits on page 8-12. Information Label” under Vehicle If your tires have too much air How you load your vehicle Load Limits on page 8-12. (over-inflation), you can get affects vehicle handling and the following: ride comfort. Never load your • Unusual wear vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry. • Poor handling • Rough ride • Needless damage from road hazards 9-50 Vehicle Care

When to Check Remove the valve cap from Tire Pressure Monitor Check your tires once a the tire valve stem. Press the System tire gage firmly onto the valve month or more. Do not forget The Tire Pressure Monitor to check the compact spare to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure System (TPMS) uses radio and tire, if the vehicle has one. sensor technology to check tire The compact spare should be at matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading pressure levels. The TPMS sensors 60 psi (420 kPa). For additional monitor the air pressure in your information regarding the Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the vehicle’s tires and transmit tire compact spare tire, see Compact pressure readings to a receiver Spare Tire on page 9-68. inflation pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended located in the vehicle. How to Check amount. Each tire, including the spare Use a good quality pocket-type If you overfill the tire, release (if provided), should be checked gage to check tire pressure. air by pushing on the metal stem monthly when cold and inflated to You cannot tell if your tires in the center of the tire valve. the inflation pressure recommended are properly inflated simply by Re-check the tire pressure with by the vehicle manufacturer on the looking at them. Radial tires may the tire gage. vehicle placard or tire inflation look properly inflated even when pressure label. (If your vehicle has Be sure to put the valve caps tires of a different size than the size they are under-inflated. Check back on the valve stems. the tire’s inflation pressure when indicated on the vehicle placard or They help prevent leaks by tire inflation pressure label, you the tires are cold. Cold means keeping out dirt and moisture. your vehicle has been sitting for should determine the proper tire at least three hours or driven no inflation pressure for those tires.) more than 1 mile (1.6 km). Vehicle Care 9-51

As an added safety feature, your tire pressure, even if under-inflation wheels on the vehicle that prevent vehicle has been equipped with has not reached the level to trigger the TPMS from functioning properly. a tire pressure monitoring system illumination of the TPMS low tire Always check the TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low pressure telltale. telltale after replacing one or more tire pressure telltale when one or tires or wheels on your vehicle to Your vehicle has also been more of your tires is significantly ensure that the replacement or equipped with a TPMS malfunction under-inflated. alternate tires and wheels allow indicator to indicate when the system the TPMS to continue to function Accordingly, when the low tire is not operating properly. The TPMS properly. pressure telltale illuminates, you malfunction indicator is combined should stop and check your tires with the low tire pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible, and inflate When the system detects a Operation on page 9-52 for them to the proper pressure. Driving malfunction, the telltale will flash additional information. on a significantly under-inflated tire for approximately one minute and causes the tire to overheat and can then remain continuously illuminated. Federal Communications lead to tire failure. Under-inflation This sequence will continue upon Commission (FCC) and also reduces fuel efficiency and subsequent vehicle start-ups as long Industry and Science Canada tire tread life, and may affect the as the malfunction exists. See Radio Frequency Statement vehicle’s handling and stopping When the malfunction indicator (US, Can) on page 12-16 for ability. is illuminated, the system may not information regarding Part 15 Please note that the TPMS is be able to detect or signal low tire of the Federal Communications not a substitute for proper tire pressure as intended. TPMS Commission (FCC) Rules and maintenance, and it is the driver’s malfunctions may occur for a variety RSS-210/211 of Industry and responsibility to maintain correct of reasons, including the installation Science Canada. of replacement or alternate tires or 9-52 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor This light also comes on for a A Tire and Loading Information few seconds and then goes off when label, attached to the vehicle, shows Operation you turn the ignition to ON/RUN. the size of the vehicle’s original This vehicle may have a Tire This indicates the TPMS is equipment tires and the correct Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). functioning properly. If the low-tire inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS warns the driver when a pressure warning light comes on they are cold. See Vehicle Load low tire pressure condition exists. while driving the vehicle, the system Limits on page 8-12, for an example TPMS sensors are mounted onto may have detected a low-tire of the Tire and Loading Information each tire and wheel assembly, condition. You need to stop as soon label and its location on your vehicle. excluding the spare tire and as possible and check the tires. Also see Tire Pressure on wheel assembly. page 9-49. The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather The vehicle’s TPMS can warn you when the vehicle is first started, and about a low tire pressure condition then turn off as you start to drive. but it does not replace normal tire This could be an early indicator that maintenance. See Tire Inspection the air pressure in the tire(s) are on page 9-54, Tire Rotation on getting low and need to be inflated page 9-55 and Tires on page 9-43. to the proper pressure. When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the low tire pressure warning light, located on the instrument panel cluster, comes on. Vehicle Care 9-53

TPMS Malfunction Light • The initialization (reset) procedure • Operating electronic devices or The TPMS will not function properly failed. See “TPMS Reset” later in being near facilities using radio if one or more of the TPMS sensors this section. wave frequencies similar to the are missing or inoperable. When the • One or more TPMS sensors TPMS could cause the TPMS system detects a malfunction, the are missing or damaged. sensors to malfunction. low tire warning light ﬂashes for The TPMS malfunction light • If tire chains are installed on the about one minute and then stays should go off when the TPMS vehicle. on for the remainder of the ignition sensors are installed and the • If there is a lot of snow or ice cycle. The low tire warning light sensor matching process is around the wheels or wheel comes on at each ignition cycle until performed successfully. See housings. the problem is corrected. Some of your dealer/retailer for service. the conditions that can cause the • If a window tint that affects the • Replacement tires or wheels do radio wave signals is installed. malfunction light to come on are: not match the vehicle’s original • One of the road tires has been equipment tires or wheels. Tires If the TPMS is not functioning it replaced with the spare tire. and wheels other than those cannot detect or signal a low tire The spare tire does not have recommended for your vehicle condition. See your dealer/retailer for a TPMS sensor. The TPMS could prevent the TPMS from service if the TPMS malfunction light malfunction light and DIC functioning properly. See Buying comes on and stays on. message should go off once New Tires on page 9-56. you re-install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor. 9-54 Vehicle Care

TPMS Reset 3. Adjust the tire pressure of all the If the low-tire pressure warning installed tires to the specified light does not flash three times The TPMS sensors and transmitters cold tire inflation pressure level while you press and hold the have unique identification codes. indicated on the Tire and Loading reset button, the reset has failed. Anytime you replace a TPMS sensor Information label attached to Repeat the reset process. If the or transmitter the identification codes the vehicle. reset cannot be performed, see need to be registered and the TPMS your dealer/retailer for service. needs to be reset (initialized). When 4. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the system is initialized, the current the engine off. If you press the tire pressure reset air pressure in the tires is set as the switch while the vehicle is moving, tire pressure benchmark. The tire the reset is not performed. If you pressure warning system determines press the tire pressure reset switch decreased air pressure by comparing accidentally and initialization is tire pressure to the benchmark performed, adjust the tire pressure to pressure stored in the TPMS. the specified level and perform the reset procedure again. Do not reset the TPMS without first correcting the cause of a low-tire condition. Tire Inspection To reset the system: We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle’s 1. Park the vehicle at a safe place 5. Press and hold the tire pressure tires, including the spare tire, if and apply the parking brake. the vehicle has one, for signs of Turn the engine off. warning reset switch until the tire pressure warning light flashes wear or damage. See When It Is 2. Turn the ignition to slowly on/off three times. Time for New Tires on page 9-56 ACC/ACCESSORY or for more information. LOCK/OFF. Wait for a few minutes with the ignition in ON/RUN, and then turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. Vehicle Care 9-55

Tire Rotation See Tire Pressure on page 9-49 and Vehicle Load Limits on Tires should be rotated every page 8-12. 5,000 to 8,000 miles (8 000 to 13 000 km). See Scheduled Maintenance on page 10-3. { CAUTION The purpose of a regular tire Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the rotation is to achieve a uniform parts to which it is fastened, can wear for all tires on the vehicle. make wheel nuts become loose This will ensure that the vehicle after time. The wheel could come continues to perform most like it off and cause an accident. When did when the tires were new. changing a wheel, remove any rust Any time you notice unusual When rotating the vehicle’s tires, or dirt from places where the wheel wear, rotate the tires as soon always use the correct rotation attaches to the vehicle. In an as possible and check wheel pattern shown here. emergency, use a cloth or a paper alignment. Also check for towel to do this; but be sure to use damaged tires or wheels. Tires should only be moved from a scraper or wire brush later, if See When It Is Time for New front to rear and rear to front on needed, to get all the rust or dirt Tires on page 9-56 and Wheel the same side of the vehicle. off. See If a Tire Goes Flat on Replacement on page 9-60 for Do not include the compact page 9-62. more information. spare tire in the tire rotation. After the tires have been Make certain that all wheel rotated, adjust the front and nuts are properly tightened. rear inﬂation pressures to the See “Wheel Nut Torque” under amounts shown on the Tire Capacities and Speciﬁcations and Loading Information label. on page 11-2. 9-56 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New The vehicle needs new tires if any pressure maintenance. With proper Tires of the following statements are true: care and maintenance tires typically • You can see the indicators at wear out before they degrade due to Various factors, such as three or more places around age. If you are unsure about the maintenance, temperatures, the tire. need to replace the tires as they get driving speeds, vehicle loading, older, consult the tire manufacturer and road conditions influence • You can see cord or fabric for more information. when you need new tires. showing through the tire’s rubber. • The tread or sidewall is cracked, Buying New Tires cut, or snagged deep enough to GM has developed and matched show cord or fabric. specific tires for the vehicle. If you • The tire has a bump, bulge, need replacement tires, GM strongly or split. recommends that you get tires that • The tire has a puncture, cut, or are the same size, brand, load range, other damage that cannot be speed rating, and construction type repaired well because of the size (radial and bias-belted tires) as the or location of the damage. vehicle’s original tires. This way, the vehicle will continue to have tires The rubber in tires degrades over that are designed to give the same time, even if they are not being used. performance and vehicle safety, This is also true for the spare tire, during normal use, as the original One way to tell when it is time for if the vehicle has one. Multiple tires. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on new tires is to check the treadwear conditions affect how fast this aging page 9-44 for additional information. indicators, which appear when the takes place, including temperatures, tires have only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) loading conditions, and inflation or less of tread remaining. Vehicle Care 9-57

GM recommends replacing tires in Vehicles that have a tire pressure sets of four. This is because uniform CAUTION (Continued) monitoring system could give an tread depth on all tires will help keep inaccurate low-pressure warning the vehicle performing most like it did vehicle. Be sure to use the if tires not recommended for the when the tires were new. Replacing correct size, brand, and type vehicle are installed. Tires that do less than a full set of tires can of tires on all wheels. It is not match the original equipment affect the braking and handling all right to drive with your tires could give a low-pressure performance of the vehicle. See Tire compact spare temporarily, warning that is higher or lower than Inspection on page 9-54 and Tire as it was developed for use the proper warning level you would Rotation on page 9-55. on your vehicle. See Compact get with original equipment tires. Spare Tire on page 9-68. See Tire Pressure Monitor System { CAUTION on page 9-50. { CAUTION The vehicle’s original equipment Mixing tires could cause you tires are listed on the Tire and to lose control while driving. Loading Information Label. See If you use bias-ply tires on the If you mix tires of different Vehicle Load Limits on page 8-12, vehicle, the wheel rim ﬂanges sizes, brands, or types (radial for more information about the Tire could develop cracks after and bias-belted tires), the and Loading Information label and many miles of driving. A tire vehicle may not handle its location on the vehicle. properly, and you could have and/or wheel could fail a crash. Using tires of different suddenly, causing a crash. sizes, brands, or types may Use only radial-ply tires with also cause damage to your the wheels on the vehicle. (Continued) 9-58 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and Uniform Tire Quality The grades are molded on Wheels Grading the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire If you add wheels or tires that are Quality grades can be found Quality Grading (UTQG) system a different size than your original where applicable on the tire does not apply to deep tread, equipment wheels and tires, this sidewall between tread shoulder winter-type snow tires, could affect the way your vehicle and maximum section width. space-saver, or temporary performs, including its braking, For example: use spare tires, tires with nominal ride and handling characteristics, rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches stability, and resistance to rollover. Treadwear 200 Traction AA (25 to 30 cm), or to some Additionally, if your vehicle has Temperature A limited-production tires. electronic systems such as anti-lock The following information relates While the tires available on brakes, traction control, and to the system developed by the electronic stability control, the General Motors passenger United States National Highway cars and light trucks may vary performance of these systems Traffic Safety Administration can be affected. with respect to these grades, (NHTSA), which grades tires they must also conform to See Buying New Tires on page 9-56 by treadwear, traction, and federal safety requirements and Accessories and Modiﬁcations temperature performance. and additional General Motors on page 9-3 for additional This applies only to vehicles Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) information. sold in the United States. standards. Vehicle Care 9-59

Treadwear Traction – AA, A, B, C material of the tire to degenerate The treadwear grade is a The traction grades, from and reduce tire life, and comparative rating based on the highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, excessive temperature can wear rate of the tire when tested and C. Those grades represent lead to sudden tire failure. under controlled conditions on the tire’s ability to stop on wet The grade C corresponds to a a specified government test pavement as measured under level of performance which all course. For example, a tire controlled conditions on specified passenger car tires must meet graded 150 would wear one government test surfaces of under the Federal Motor Vehicle and a half (1.5) times as well asphalt and concrete. A tire Safety Standard No. 109. on the government course as marked C may have poor traction Grades B and A represent a tire graded 100. The relative performance. higher levels of performance performance of tires depends on the laboratory test wheel than upon the actual conditions of Temperature – A, B, C the minimum required by law. It should be noted that the their use, however, and may The temperature grades depart significantly from the temperature grade for this tire are A (the highest), B, and C, is established for a tire that norm due to variations in driving representing the tire’s resistance habits, service practices, is properly inflated and not to the generation of heat and overloaded. Excessive speed, and differences in road its ability to dissipate heat characteristics and climate. underinflation, or excessive when tested under controlled loading, either separately or in conditions on a specified indoor combination, can cause heat laboratory test wheel. Sustained buildup and possible tire failure. high temperature can cause the 9-60 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Wheel Replacement { CAUTION Tire Balance Replace any wheel that is bent, The tires and wheels on the vehicle cracked or badly rusted or corroded. Using the wrong replacement were aligned and balanced carefully If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel at the factory to give the longest tire wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts nuts on your vehicle can be life and best overall performance. should be replaced. If the wheel dangerous. It could affect the Adjustments to wheel alignment and leaks air, replace it (except some braking and handling of your tire balancing will not be necessary aluminum wheels, which can vehicle, make your tires lose on a regular basis. However, if there sometimes be repaired). See your air and make you lose control. is unusual tire wear or the vehicle dealer/retailer if any of these You could have a collision in pulls to one side or the other, the conditions exist. which you or others could be alignment should be checked. If the Your dealer/retailer will know the injured. Always use the correct vehicle vibrates when driving on a kind of wheel you need. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel smooth road, the tires and wheels nuts for replacement. might need to be rebalanced. Each new wheel should have See your dealer/retailer for proper the same load-carrying capacity, diagnosis. diameter, width, offset and be Notice: The wrong wheel can mounted the same way as the also cause problems with bearing one it replaces. life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp If you need to replace any of the aim, bumper height, vehicle wheels, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, ground clearance, and tire or tire replace them only with new GM chain clearance to the body and original equipment parts. This way, chassis. you will be sure to have the right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9-62 for the vehicle. for more information. Vehicle Care 9-61

Used Replacement Wheels Notice: If the vehicle has a tire CAUTION (Continued) size other than P215/45R18 size { CAUTION tires, use tire chains only where the brakes, suspension or other legal and only when you must. vehicle parts. The area damaged Putting a used wheel on the Use only SAE Class “S” type by the tire chains could cause you vehicle is dangerous. You cannot chains that are the proper size to lose control of the vehicle and for the tires. Install them on the know how it has been used or how you or others may be injured in a front tires and tighten them as far it has been driven. It could fail crash. tightly as possible with the suddenly and cause a crash. If you Use another type of traction ends securely fastened. Drive have to replace a wheel, use a slowly and follow the chain device only if its manufacturer new GM original equipment wheel. manufacturer’s instructions. If you recommends it for use on the can hear the chains contacting the vehicle and tire size combination vehicle, stop and retighten them. Tire Chains and road conditions. Follow that If the contact continues, slow manufacturer’s instructions. down until it stops. Driving too { CAUTION To help avoid damage to the fast or spinning the wheels with vehicle, drive slowly, readjust chains on will damage the vehicle. If the vehicle has P215/45R18 or remove the device if it is size tires, do not use tire chains. contacting the vehicle, and There is not enough clearance. do not spin the wheels. Tire chains used on a vehicle If you do ﬁnd traction devices that without the proper amount of will ﬁt, install them on the front clearance can cause damage to tires. (Continued) 9-62 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to a stop, { CAUTION It is unusual for a tire to blowout well off the road if possible. while you are driving, especially if Changing a tire can be dangerous. you maintain your vehicle’s tires { The vehicle can slip off the jack properly. If air goes out of a tire, CAUTION and roll over or fall on you or other it is much more likely to leak out people. You and they could be slowly. But if you should ever have Lifting a vehicle and getting under badly injured or even killed. Find a blowout, here are a few tips about it to do maintenance or repairs is a level place to change your tire. what to expect and what to do: dangerous without the appropriate To help prevent the vehicle from safety equipment and training. If a If a front tire fails, the flat tire moving: jack is provided with the vehicle, it creates a drag that pulls the vehicle 1. Set the parking brake firmly. toward that side. Take your foot off is designed only for changing a the accelerator pedal and grip the flat tire. If it is used for anything 2. Put an automatic steering wheel firmly. Steer to else, you or others could be badly transmission shift lever in maintain lane position, and then injured or killed if the vehicle slips P (Park), or shift a manual gently brake to a stop well out of off the jack. If a jack is provided transmission to 1 (First) or the traffic lane. with the vehicle, only use it for R (Reverse). changing a flat tire. A rear blowout, particularly on a 3. Turn off the engine and do curve, acts much like a skid and not restart while the vehicle may require the same correction If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire is raised. you would use in a skid. In any rear and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to blowout remove your foot from the remain in the vehicle. accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle warning flashers. See Hazard under control by steering the way Warning Flashers on page 5-3. (Continued) you want the vehicle to go. It may be Vehicle Care 9-63

Tire Changing To remove the spare tire and tools: CAUTION (Continued) Removing the Spare Tire and To be certain the vehicle will not Tools move, put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. That would be the tire on the other side, at the opposite end of the vehicle.

When the vehicle has a ﬂat tire (B), use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks (A). 1. Turn the two lock knobs on the cargo area ﬂoor (C) to UNLOCK.

A. Compact Spare Tire 2. Lift up and remove both of the cargo area ﬂoors (C). B. Jack C. Cargo Area Floor(s) D. Tire/Wheel Retainer Nut E. Jack Handle A. Wheel Block F. Wheel Wrench B. Flat Tire

The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. 9-64 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9-62. 2. If the vehicle has steel wheels with plastic wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic wheel nut caps. You may need the wheel wrench to loosen them. Do not pry off wheel covers that have plastic wheel nut caps. 3. Remove the hook holding 5. Remove the tire/wheel 3. Remove the wheel cover and set the jack (B) and remove retainer (D) from the compact it off to the side. the jack (B). spare tire (A) and remove 4. Attach the jack handle to the jack 4. Remove the jack handle (E) the compact spare tire (A). See Compact Spare Tire on and turn clockwise to raise the and wheel wrench (F) from lift head a little. the passenger side of the page 9-68. cargo area. 6. Place the compact spare tire (A) next to the ﬂat tire. Vehicle Care 9-65

{ CAUTION

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

5. Loosen all the wheel nuts. { CAUTION Do not remove them yet. Raising your vehicle with the jack 7. Turn the jack handle clockwise. improperly positioned can damage Raise the vehicle far enough off the vehicle and even make the the ground so there is enough vehicle fall. To help avoid personal room for the compact spare tire injury and vehicle damage, be to ﬁt underneath the wheel well. sure to ﬁt the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

6. Position the jack and raise the jack lift head to ﬁt over the car ﬂange between the two notches. 9-66 Vehicle Care

{ CAUTION

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure 8. Remove the wheel nuts and the to use a scraper or wire brush 10. Remove any rust or dirt from ﬂat tire. later, if needed, to get all the rust the wheel bolts, mounting 9. Install the spare tire. or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat surfaces and spare wheel. on page 9-62. 11. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.

{ CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off, causing a crash. Vehicle Care 9-67

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts with evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the rounded end of the nuts { CAUTION the proper sequence and to toward the wheel. Tighten each the proper torque specification. nut by hand until the wheel Wheel nuts that are improperly See Capacities and Specifications is held against the hub. or incorrectly tightened can cause on page 11-2 for the wheel nut the wheels to become loose or torque specification. come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications on page 11-2 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.

13. Turn the jack handle Notice: Improperly tightened counterclockwise. Lower wheel nuts can lead to brake 14. Tighten the wheel nuts ﬁrmly the jack completely. pulsation and rotor damage. in a crisscross sequence as To avoid expensive brake repairs, shown. 9-68 Vehicle Care

Storing the Compact C. Cargo Area Floor Compact Spare Tire Spare Tire D. Tire/Wheel Retainer Nut The compact spare tire was fully { E. Jack Handle inflated when the vehicle was new, CAUTION F. Wheel Wrench but it can lose air after a time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. Storing a jack, a tire, or other 1. Place the jack handle (E) and See Vehicle Load Limits on equipment in the passenger wheel wrench (F) back in their page 8-12 for the correct inflation compartment of the vehicle could original location in the passenger pressure. cause injury. In a sudden stop or side of the cargo area. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph) collision, loose equipment could when driving with a spare tire. strike someone. Store all these 2. Place the jack (B) back in its in the proper place. original location on the driver The spare tire is for temporary side of the cargo area and close emergency use only. Replace it with the latch over the jack (B). a regular tire as soon as possible. 3. Place the compact spare tire (A), valve stem pointed down, back in its original location in the center of the cargo area. 4. Turn the tire/wheel retainer nut (D) clockwise to secure it on the compact spare tire (A). 5. Close the cargo area floor (C).

A. Compact Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) B. Jack Vehicle Care 9-69

Notice: When the compact spare Jump Starting Trying to start the vehicle by is installed, do not take the vehicle pushing or pulling it will not work, through an automatic car wash If your vehicle’s battery has run and it could damage the vehicle. down, you may want to use another with guide rails. The compact 1. Check the other vehicle. It must vehicle and some jumper cables spare can get caught on the rails have a 12-volt battery with a to start your vehicle. Be sure to use which can damage the tire, wheel negative ground system. and other parts of the vehicle. the following steps to do it safely. Notice: If the other vehicle’s Do not use the temporary spare on system is not a 12-volt system other vehicles. { CAUTION with a negative ground, both Do not mix the temporary spare Batteries can hurt you. They can vehicles can be damaged. Only tire or wheel with other wheels or be dangerous because: use vehicles with 12-volt systems tires. They will not ﬁt. Keep the with negative grounds to jump They contain acid that can spare tire and its wheel together. • start your vehicle. burn you. Notice: Tire chains will not ﬁt • They contain gas that can 2. Get the vehicles close enough the compact spare. Using them explode or ignite. so the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles are not can damage the vehicle and can They contain enough • touching each other. If they are, it damage the chains too. Do not use electricity to burn you. tire chains on the compact spare. could cause a ground connection If you do not follow these steps you do not want. You would not exactly, some or all of these be able to start your vehicle, and things can hurt you. the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems. Notice: Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty. 9-70 Vehicle Care

To avoid the possibility of the 4. Open the hoods and locate the vehicles rolling, set the parking batteries. Find the positive (+) CAUTION (Continued) brake firmly on both vehicles and negative (−) terminal involved in the jump start locations on each vehicle. Be sure the battery has enough procedure. Put an automatic See Engine Compartment water. You do not need to add transmission in P (Park) or Overview on page 9-6 for water to the battery installed in a manual transmission in more information on location. your new vehicle. But if a battery NEUTRAL before setting has filler caps, be sure the right the parking brake. { CAUTION amount of fluid is there. If it is Notice: If you leave the radio or low, add water to take care of that other accessories on during the An electric fan can start up even first. If you don’t, explosive gas jump starting procedure, they when the engine is not running could be present. and can injure you. Keep hands, could be damaged. The repairs Battery fluid contains acid that clothing and tools away from any would not be covered by the can burn you. Do not get it on underhood electric fan. warranty. Always turn off the you. If you accidentally get it in radio and other accessories your eyes or on your skin, flush when jump starting the vehicle. { the place with water and get 3. Turn off the ignition on both CAUTION medical help immediately. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. cigarette lighter. Turn off the radio { CAUTION and all lamps that are not needed. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use This will avoid sparks and help Fans or other moving engine a flashlight if you need more light. save both batteries. And it could parts can injure you badly. Keep save the radio! (Continued) your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. Vehicle Care 9-71

5. Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles could be damaged too. Before you connect the cables, here are some basic things you should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) 1.8 L4 Engine terminal if the vehicle has one. 6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal 8. To access the remote negative Do not connect positive (+) to of the dead battery. Use a remote on the 1.8L engine, the cover will negative (−) or you will get a short positive (+) terminal if the vehicle need to be removed. To remove that would damage the battery has one. the engine cover raise the rear of and maybe other parts too. And the engine cover to remove the do not connect the negative (−) 7. Do not let the other end rear clips and the front of the cable to the negative (−) terminal touch metal. Connect it to the engine cover to remove the on the dead battery because this positive (+) terminal of the good two front clips can cause sparks. battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. 9-72 Vehicle Care

9. Connect the other end of the negative (−) cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away from the dead battery, but not near engine parts that move. The electrical connection is just as good there, and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less. 10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while. 11. Try to start the vehicle that had 2.4L L4 Engine the dead battery. If it will not Jumper Cable Removal Now connect the black start after a few tries, it probably A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal negative (−) cable to the negative needs service. Engine Part terminal of the good battery. Notice: If the jumper cables B. Good Battery Use a remote negative (−) are connected or removed in the C. Dead Battery terminal if the vehicle has one. wrong order, electrical shorting Do not let the other end touch may occur and damage the anything until the next step. vehicle. The repairs would not be The other end of the negative (−) covered by the vehicle warranty. cable does not go to the dead Always connect and remove the battery. It goes to a heavy, jumper cables in the correct order, unpainted metal engine part or to making sure that the cables do not a remote negative (−) terminal on touch each other or other metal. the vehicle with the dead battery. Vehicle Care 9-73

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing Recreational Vehicle from both vehicles, do the following: Towing 1. Disconnect the black negative (−) Towing the Vehicle cable from the vehicle that had Recreational vehicle towing means the dead battery. To avoid damage, the disabled towing the vehicle behind another vehicle should be towed with all vehicle – such as behind a − 2. Disconnect the black negative ( ) four wheels off the ground. Consult motorhome. The two most common cable from the vehicle with the your dealer/retailer or a professional types of recreational vehicle towing good battery. towing service if the disabled vehicle are known as dinghy towing and 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) must be towed. See Roadside dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing cable from the vehicle with the Assistance Program on page 12-6. the vehicle with all four wheels on good battery. the ground. Dolly towing is towing To tow the vehicle behind the vehicle with two wheels on the 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) another vehicle for recreational ground and two wheels up on a cable from the other vehicle. purposes — such as behind device known as a dolly. a motorhome, see Recreational Vehicle Towing following. 9-74 Vehicle Care

Here are some important things If the vehicle has a manual After dinghy towing, let the engine to consider before recreational transmission, it can be dinghy idle for more than three minutes vehicle towing: towed. before driving the vehicle. • What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations. • What is the distance that will be travelled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. • Is the proper equipment going to be used? See your dealer/retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. When dinghy towing, be sure to Do not tow the vehicle from the • Is the vehicle ready to be towed? follow the posted legal speed limit. rear. The vehicle could be badly damaged and the repairs would Just as preparing the vehicle for a 1. Put the shift lever in Neutral. long trip, make sure the vehicle is not be covered by the warranty. prepared to be towed. 2. Turn the ignition to Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive ACC/ACCESSORY to avoid Vehicles) Dinghy Towing locking the steering wheel. Make sure the audio system All-wheel-drive vehicles must not If the vehicle has an automatic is turned off and that nothing is be towed with two wheels on the transmission, it cannot be dinghy plugged into the power outlets. ground. To properly tow these towed. See “Dolly Towing” for more vehicles, they should be placed on a information regarding towing the 3. Release the parking brake. platform trailer with all four wheels off vehicle. of the ground. Vehicle Care 9-75

Dolly Towing 3. Set the parking brake. Appearance Care (Front-Wheel-Drive 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Vehicles Only) straight-ahead position with a Exterior Care clamping device designed for towing. Cleaning Exterior 5. Remove the key from the Lamps/Lenses ignition. Use only lukewarm or cold water, 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses. 7. Release the parking brake. Follow instructions under “Washing the Vehicle” later in this section. Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from To tow the front-wheel-drive vehicle the paint ﬁnish. Approved cleaning using a dolly, follow these steps: products can be obtained from 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. your dealer/retailer. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) for an automatic transmission or Neutral for a manual transmission. 9-76 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Foreign materials such as calcium Protecting Exterior Bright Metal clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat chloride and other salts, ice melting Parts gives more depth and gloss to the agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, Bright metal parts should be cleaned colored basecoat. Always use waxes bird droppings, chemicals from regularly to keep their luster. Wash and polishes that are non-abrasive industrial chimneys, etc., can with water or use chrome polish on and made for a basecoat/clearcoat damage the vehicle’s finish if they chrome or stainless steel trim, if paint finish. remain on painted surfaces. Wash necessary. the vehicle as soon as possible. Notice: Machine compounding If necessary, use non-abrasive Use special care with aluminum trim. or aggressive polishing on a cleaners that are marked safe for To avoid damaging protective trim, basecoat/clearcoat paint finish painted surfaces to remove foreign never use auto or chrome polish, may damage it. Use only matter. steam or caustic soap to clean non-abrasive waxes and polishes aluminum. A coating of wax, rubbed that are made for a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are subject to high polish, is recommended for all clearcoat paint finish on the to aging, weather and chemical bright metal parts. vehicle. fallout that can take their toll over a period of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible. Vehicle Care 9-77

Washing the Vehicle directions regarding correct product Notice: Conveyor systems on usage, necessary safety precautions some automatic car washes could To preserve the vehicle’s ﬁnish, and appropriate disposal of any damage the vehicle. There may keep it clean by washing it often. vehicle care product. not be enough clearance for Do not wash the vehicle in the undercarriage. Check with the Rinse the vehicle well, before direct sunlight and use a car car wash manager before using washing and after to remove all washing soap. the automatic car wash. cleaning agents completely. If they Notice: Certain cleaners contain are allowed to dry on the surface, Weatherstrips chemicals that can damage the they could stain. emblems or nameplates on the Silicone grease on weatherstrips will Dry the ﬁnish with a soft, clean make them last longer, seal better, vehicle. Check the cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel product label. If it states that it and not stick or squeak. Apply to avoid surface scratches and silicone grease with a clean cloth. should not be used on plastic water spotting. parts, do not use it on the vehicle During very cold, damp weather or damage may occur and it would High pressure car washes may frequent application may be required. not be covered by the warranty. cause water to enter the vehicle. See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the Avoid using high pressure washes Index of the “Maintenance and Do not use cleaning agents that are closer than 12 inches (30 cm) to the Warranty and Owner assistance petroleum based or that contain acid surface of the vehicle. Use of power Information” manual. or abrasives, as they can damage washers exceeding 1,200 psi the paint, metal or plastic on the (8 274 kPa) can result in damage vehicle. Approved cleaning products or removal of paint and decals. can be obtained from your dealer/ retailer. Follow all manufacturers’ 9-78 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Notice: Using strong soaps, Notice: Using chrome polish on or Chrome chemicals, abrasive polishes, aluminum wheels could damage cleaners, brushes, or cleaners the wheels. The repairs would The vehicle may have either that contain acid on aluminum not be covered by the vehicle aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. or chrome-plated wheels, warranty. Use chrome polish Keep the wheels clean using a could damage the surface of the on chrome wheels only. wheel(s). The repairs would soft clean cloth with mild soap Use chrome polish only on not be covered by the vehicle and water. Rinse with clean water. chrome-plated wheels, but avoid warranty. Use only approved After rinsing thoroughly, dry with any painted surface of the wheel, cleaners on aluminum or a soft clean towel. A wax may and buff off immediately after chrome-plated wheels. then be applied. application. The surface of these wheels is Notice: Chrome wheels and Notice: Driving the vehicle other chrome trim may be similar to the painted surface of the vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, through an automatic car wash damaged if the vehicle is not that has silicone carbide tire washed after driving on roads chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners, cleaners with cleaning brushes, could damage that have been sprayed with the aluminum or chrome-plated magnesium, calcium or sodium acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could wheels. The repairs would not be chloride. These chlorides are covered by the vehicle warranty. used on roads for conditions be damaged. Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels. Never drive a vehicle that has such as ice and dust. Always aluminum or chrome-plated wash the vehicle’s chrome with wheels through an automatic car soap and water after exposure. wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes. Vehicle Care 9-79

Windshield and Wiper Blades Tires Finish Damage Clean the outside of the windshield Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Any stone chips, fractures or deep with glass cleaner. clean the tires. scratches in the finish should be repaired right away. Bare metal will Clean the rubber blades using a Notice: Using petroleum-based corrode quickly and may develop into lint free cloth or paper towel soaked tire dressing products on the major repair expense. with windshield washer fluid or a mild vehicle may damage the paint detergent. Wash the windshield finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be thoroughly when cleaning the blades. a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup any overspray from all painted available from your dealer/retailer. of vehicle wash/wax treatments may surfaces on the vehicle. Larger areas of finish damage can be cause wiper streaking. Replace the corrected in your dealer’s/retailer’s wiper blades if they are worn or Sheet Metal Damage body and paint shop. damaged. If the vehicle is damaged and Underbody Maintenance Wipers can be damaged by: requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body Chemicals used for ice and snow • Extreme dusty conditions repair shop applies anti-corrosion removal and dust control can collect • Sand and salt material to parts repaired or on the underbody. If these are not removed, corrosion and rust can • Heat and sun replaced to restore corrosion protection. develop on the underbody parts such • Snow and ice, without proper as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and removal Original manufacturer replacement exhaust system even though they parts will provide the corrosion have corrosion protection. protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty. 9-80 Vehicle Care

At least every spring, flush these Interior Care Your dealer/retailer has products materials from the underbody for cleaning the vehicle’s interior. with plain water. Clean any areas The vehicle’s interior will continue When cleaning the vehicle’s interior, where mud and debris can collect. to look its best if it is cleaned often. only use cleaners specifically Dirt packed in close areas of Dust and dirt can accumulate on the designed for the surfaces that are the frame should be loosened before upholstery and cause damage to the being cleaned. Permanent damage being flushed. Your dealer/retailer carpet, fabric, leather, and plastic can result from using cleaners on or an underbody car washing surfaces. Stains should be removed surfaces for which they were not system can do this. quickly as extreme heat could cause intended. Apply the cleaner directly them to set rapidly. to the cleaning cloth to prevent Chemical Paint Spotting Lighter colored interiors may require over-spray. Remove any accidental Some weather and atmospheric more frequent cleaning. Newspapers over-spray from other surfaces conditions can create a chemical and garments that can transfer color immediately. fallout. Airborne pollutants can to home furnishings can also transfer Notice: Using abrasive cleaners fall upon and attack painted surfaces color to the vehicle’s interior. when cleaning glass surfaces on on the vehicle. This damage can Remove dust from small buttons the vehicle, could scratch the take two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped and knobs with a small brush glass and/or cause damage to discolorations, and small, irregular with soft bristles. the rear window defogger. When dark spots etched into the paint cleaning the glass on the vehicle, surface. use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner. Vehicle Care 9-81

Cleaners can contain solvents that • Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. Fabric/Carpet can become concentrated in the Avoid laundry detergents Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft vehicle’s interior. Before using or dishwashing soaps with brush attachment to remove dust cleaners, read and adhere to all degreasers. Using too much and loose dirt. A canister vacuum safety instructions on the label. soap will leave a residue that with a beater bar in the nozzle may While cleaning the vehicle’s interior, leaves streaks and attracts dirt. only be used on floor carpet and maintain adequate ventilation by For liquid cleaners, about carpeted floor mats. For soils, always opening the vehicle’s doors and 20 drops per gallon (3.78 L) try to remove them first with plain windows. of water is a good guide. water or club soda. Before cleaning, Do not clean the interior using the • Do not heavily saturate the gently remove as much of the soil as following cleaners or techniques: upholstery while cleaning. possible using one of the following • Never use a knife or any • Damage to the vehicle’s interior techniques: other sharp object to remove a may result from the use of many • For liquids: gently blot the soil from any interior surface. organic solvents such as naptha, remaining soil with a paper towel. • Never use a stiff brush. It can alcohol, etc. Allow the soil to absorb into the cause damage to the vehicle’s paper towel until no more can be interior surfaces. removed. • Never apply heavy pressure or • For solid dry soils: remove as rub aggressively with a cleaning much as possible and then cloth. Use of heavy pressure can vacuum. damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal. 9-82 Vehicle Care

To clean: A paper towel can be used to blot Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white excess moisture from the fabric Other Plastic Surfaces or carpet after the cleaning process. cloth with water or club soda. To remove dust, a soft cloth 2. Remove excess moisture. Leather dampened with water can be used. If a more thorough cleaning is 3. Start on the outside edge of the To remove dust, a soft cloth necessary, a clean soft cloth soil and gently rub toward the dampened with water can be used. dampened with a mild soap center. Continue cleaning, using If a more thorough cleaning is solution can be used to gently a clean area of the cloth each necessary, a soft cloth dampened remove dust and dirt. Never use time it becomes soiled. with a mild soap solution can be spot lifters or removers on plastic 4. Continue to gently rub the used. Allow the leather to dry surfaces. Many commercial cleaners soiled area. naturally. Do not use heat, steam, and coatings that are sold to or spot lifters or spot removers, preserve and protect soft plastic 5. If the soil is not completely or shoe polish on leather. Many removed, use a mild soap surfaces may permanently change commercial leather cleaners and the appearance and feel of the solution and repeat the cleaning coatings that are sold to preserve process with plain water. interior and are not recommended. and protect leather may permanently Do not use silicone or wax-based If any of the soil remains, a change the appearance and products, or those containing organic commercial fabric cleaner or spot feel of the leather and are not solvents to clean the vehicle’s lifter may be necessary. Test a small recommended. Do not use silicone interior because they can alter the hidden area for colorfastness before or wax-based products, or those appearance by increasing the gloss using a commercial upholstery containing organic solvents to in a non-uniform manner. cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally clean the vehicle’s interior because cleaned area gives any impression they can alter the appearance by that a ring formation may result, increasing the gloss in a non-uniform clean the entire surface. manner. Vehicle Care 9-83

Some commercial products may How to Remove and Replace increase gloss on the instrument the Floor Mat panel. The increase in gloss may cause annoying reﬂections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions. Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry.

{ CAUTION

Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In a crash, they might not be able To remove the floor mat, pull up on to provide adequate protection. the rear of the mat to disconnect Clean safety belts only with mild it from the locator hooks. soap and lukewarm water. To reinstall the floor mat, line up the openings in the floor mat over the Floor Mats locator hooks and push down into place. The driver side floor mat is held in place by two locator hooks. The floor mat must be properly placed on the floor so that it does not block the movement of the accelerator pedal. 9-84 Vehicle Care

✍ NOTES Service and Maintenance 10-1

General Information Proper vehicle maintenance not only Service and helps to keep the vehicle in good Maintenance Important: Keep engine oil at the working condition, but also helps the proper level and change as environment. All recommended recommended. maintenance is important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect General Information the quality of the air we breathe. General Information ...... 10-1 Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of Scheduled Maintenance emissions from the vehicle. To help Scheduled Maintenance ...... 10-3 protect the environment, and to keep Recommended Fluids, the vehicle in good condition, be sure Lubricants, and Parts Have you purchased the GM to maintain the vehicle properly. Recommended Fluids and Protection Plan? The Plan Lubricants ...... 10-15 Using the Maintenance supplements the vehicle warranties. Schedule Maintenance Replacement See the Warranty and Owner Parts ...... 10-17 Assistance booklet or your dealer/ We want to help keep this vehicle in Maintenance Records retailer for details. good working condition. But we do Maintenance Records ...... 10-18 not know exactly how you will drive it. Notice: Maintenance intervals, You might drive very short distances checks, inspections, replacement only a few times a week. Or you parts, and recommended fluids might drive long distances all the and lubricants as prescribed in time in very hot, dusty weather. this manual are necessary to You might use the vehicle in making keep this vehicle in good working deliveries. Or you might drive it to condition. Any damage caused work, to do errands, or in many by failure to follow scheduled other ways. maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 10-2 Service and Maintenance

Because of all the different When you go to your dealer/retailer ways people use their vehicles, { CAUTION for service, trained and supported maintenance needs vary. You might service technicians will perform need more frequent checks and Performing maintenance work the work using genuine parts. replacements. So please read the on a vehicle can be dangerous. To purchase service information, following and note how you drive. In trying to do some jobs, you can see Service Publications Ordering If you have any questions on how to be seriously injured. Do your own Information on page 12-12. keep the vehicle in good condition, maintenance work only if you see your dealer/retailer. have the required know-how and The proper replacement parts, the proper tools and equipment fluids, and lubricants to use are This schedule is for vehicles that: for the job. If you have any doubt, listed in Recommended Fluids and • carry passengers and cargo see your dealer/retailer to have a Lubricants on page 10-15 and within recommended limits on qualified technician do the work. Maintenance Replacement Parts on the Tire and Loading Information See Doing Your Own Service page 10-17. When the vehicle is label. See Vehicle Load Limits on Work on page 9-4. serviced, make sure these are used. page 8-12. All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you • are driven on reasonable road Some maintenance services can or anyone else drives the vehicle. surfaces within legal driving limits. be complex. So, unless you are We recommend the use of genuine technically qualified and have the • use the recommended fuel. parts from your dealer/retailer. See Recommended Fuel on necessary equipment, have your page 8-39. dealer/retailer do these jobs. The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 10-3 should be performed when indicated. Service and Maintenance 10-3

Scheduled 8 000 km (5,000 Miles) 24 000 km (15,000 Miles) ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter Maintenance (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever The services shown in this schedule occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control up to 192 000 km (120,000 miles) Service. Service. should be repeated after 192 000 km ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation (120,000 miles) at the same intervals page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation for the life of this vehicle. pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) Footnotes ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter † The U.S. Environmental Protection if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty Agency or the California Air conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if Resources Board has determined necessary. necessary. that the failure to perform this ❑ maintenance item will not nullify the 16 000 km (10,000 Miles) Inspect passenger compartment air filter. emissions warranty or limit recall ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ liability prior to the completion of the (or every 3 months, whichever Change transfer case fluid when vehicle’s useful life. We, however, occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. urge that all recommended Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid when maintenance services be performed ❑ doing frequent trailer towing. at the indicated intervals and the Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation maintenance be recorded. on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. + A good time to check your brakes (See footnote +.) is during tire rotation. See Tire ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter Rotation on page 9-55. if vehicle is driven in dusty conditions. Replace filter if necessary. 10-4 Service and Maintenance

32 000 km (20,000 Miles) 48 000 km (30,000 Miles) ❑ Replace passenger compartment ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter air filter. (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ Change transfer case fluid when occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. Service. Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid when ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation doing frequent trailer towing. on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket, pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. and lines for damage or leaks (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) (or every 24 months, whichever ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter occurs first). Replace parts as if vehicle is driven in dusty (or every 24 months, whichever needed. An Emission Control conditions. Replace filter if occurs first). See Engine Air Service. (See footnote †.) necessary. Cleaner/Filter on page 9-16 for ❑ Change manual transmission fluid more information. 40 000 km (25,000 Miles) every 48 000 km (30,000 miles) ❑ Check restraint system. Make only if your vehicle is used to tow ❑ Change engine oil and filter sure the safety belt reminder light a trailer. (or every 3 months, whichever and safety belt assemblies are occurs first). An Emission Control working properly. Look for any Service. other loose or damaged safety ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation belt system parts. If you see on page 9-55 for proper rotation anything that might keep a safety pattern and additional information. belt system from doing its job, (See footnote +.) have it repaired. Have any torn ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter or frayed safety belts replaced. if vehicle is driven in dusty Also see Safety System Check conditions. Replace filter if on page 2-21. necessary. Service and Maintenance 10-5

56 000 km (35,000 Miles) 72 000 km (45,000 Miles) 80 000 km (50,000 Miles) ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Service. Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. pattern and additional pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) information. (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if necessary. necessary. necessary. ❑ 64 000 km (40,000 Miles) Inspect passenger compartment 88 000 km (55,000 Miles) air filter. ❑ ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever Change transfer case fluid when (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. occurs first). An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation when doing frequent trailer ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation towing. on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if necessary. necessary. 10-6 Service and Maintenance

96 000 km (60,000 Miles) ❑ Replace passenger compartment ❑ Change manual transmission fluid ❑ Change engine oil and filter air filter. every 48 000 km (30,000 miles) (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ Change transfer case fluid when only if your vehicle is used to tow occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. a trailer. ❑ Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid when Change automatic ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation doing frequent trailer towing. transmission fluid every 96 000 km (60,000 miles) if the on page 9-55 for proper rotation ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive pattern and additional vehicle is mainly driven under one belts (or every 48 months, or more of these conditions: information. (See footnote +.) whichever occurs first). Visually ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter inspect belt for fraying, excessive − In heavy city traffic where the (or every 24 months, whichever cracks, or obvious damage. outside temperature regularly occurs first). See Engine Air Replace belt if necessary. reaches 32°C (90°F) or higher. Cleaner/Filter on page 9-16 for An Emission Control Service. − In hilly or mountainous terrain. more information. ❑ Inspect for tappet noise and − When doing frequent trailer ❑ Check restraint system. Make engine vibration. Adjust valve towing. sure the safety belt reminder light clearance to factory specifications − Uses such as found in taxi, and safety belt assemblies are if necessary (or every 48 months, police, or delivery service. working properly. Look for any whichever occurs first). An other loose or damaged safety Emission Control Service. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid belt system parts. If you see ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket, does not require changing. anything that might keep a safety and lines for damage or leaks See Recommended Fluids and belt system from doing its job, (or every 24 months, whichever Lubricants on page 10-15 for have it repaired. Have any torn occurs first). Replace parts as the proper fluid to use. or frayed safety belts replaced. needed. An Emission Control Also see Safety System Check Service. (See footnote †.) on page 2-21. Service and Maintenance 10-7

104 000 km (65,000 Miles) 120 000 km (75,000 Miles) 128 000 km (80,000 Miles) ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Service. Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) information. (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if necessary. necessary. necessary. ❑ 112 000 km (70,000 Miles) Inspect passenger compartment 136 000 km (85,000 Miles) air filter. ❑ ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever Change transfer case fluid when (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. occurs first). An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid when Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation doing frequent trailer towing. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional belts (or 12 months since last pattern and additional information. information. (See footnote +.) inspection). An Emission Control (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter Service. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter if vehicle is driven in dusty if vehicle is driven in dusty conditions. Replace filter if conditions. Replace filter if necessary. necessary. 10-8 Service and Maintenance

144 000 km (90,000 Miles) ❑ Replace passenger compartment 152 000 km (95,000 Miles) ❑ Change engine oil and filter air filter. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ Change transfer case fluid when (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control doing frequent trailer towing. occurs first). An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change rear differential fluid when Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation doing frequent trailer towing. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional belts (or 12 months since last pattern and additional information. information. (See footnote +.) inspection). An Emission Control (See footnote +.) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter Service. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter (or every 24 months, whichever ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket, if vehicle is driven in dusty occurs first). See Engine Air and lines for damage or leaks conditions. Replace filter if Cleaner/Filter on page 9-16 for (or every 24 months, whichever necessary. more information. occurs first). Replace parts as 160 000 km (100,000 Miles) ❑ Check restraint system. Make needed. An Emission Control ❑ sure the safety belt reminder light Service. (See footnote †.) Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever and safety belt assemblies are ❑ Change manual transmission fluid working properly. Look for any occurs first). An Emission Control every 48 000 km (30,000 miles) Service. other loose or damaged safety only if your vehicle is used to tow ❑ belt system parts. If you see a trailer. Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation anything that might keep a safety on page 9-55 for proper rotation belt system from doing its job, pattern and additional information. have it repaired. Have any torn (See footnote +.) or frayed safety belts replaced. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter Also see Safety System Check if vehicle is driven in dusty on page 2-21. conditions. Replace filter if necessary. Service and Maintenance 10-9

168 000 km (105,000 Miles) 176 000 km (110,000 Miles) 192 000 km (120,000 Miles) ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Service. Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation on page 9-55 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter if driving in dusty conditions. if vehicle is driven in dusty (or every 24 months, whichever Replace filter if necessary. conditions. Replace filter if occurs first). See Engine Air ❑ Inspect passenger compartment necessary. Cleaner/Filter on page 9-16 for more information. air filter. 184 000 km (115,000 Miles) ❑ ❑ Replace passenger compartment Change transfer case fluid when ❑ Change engine oil and filter doing frequent trailer towing. air filter. (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ ❑ Change rear differential fluid when occurs first). An Emission Control Change transfer case fluid when doing frequent trailer towing. Service. doing frequent trailer towing. ❑ ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation Change rear differential fluid when belts (or every 48 months, on page 9-55 for proper rotation doing frequent trailer towing. whichever occurs first). Visually pattern and additional inspect belt for fraying, excessive information. (See footnote +.) cracks, or obvious damage. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter Replace belt if necessary. if vehicle is driven in dusty An Emission Control Service. conditions. Replace filter if necessary. 10-10 Service and Maintenance

❑ Inspect engine accessory drive ❑ Change automatic transmission 240 000 km (150,000 Miles) belts (or every 48 months, fluid every 96 000 km ❑ Drain, flush, and refill the whichever occurs first). Visually (60,000 miles) if the vehicle is cooling system (or every inspect belt for fraying, excessive mainly driven under one or more 5 years, whichever occurs first). cracks, or obvious damage. of these conditions: This service can be complex; you Replace belt if necessary. − In heavy city traffic where the should have your dealer/retailer An Emission Control Service. outside temperature regularly perform this service. See Engine ❑ Replace spark plugs. An Emission reaches 32°C (90°F) or higher. Coolant on page 9-19 for what Control Service. − In hilly or mountainous terrain. to use. Inspect hoses. Clean ❑ Inspect for tappet noise and radiator, condenser, pressure − When doing frequent trailer cap, and neck. Pressure test engine vibration. Adjust valve towing. clearance to factory specifications cooling system and pressure cap. if necessary (or every 48 months, − Uses such as found in taxi, An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). An police, or delivery service. Emission Control Service. If you do not use your vehicle under ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket, any of these conditions, the fluid and lines for damage or leaks does not require changing. (or every 24 months, whichever See Recommended Fluids and occurs first). Replace parts as Lubricants on page 10-15 for needed. An Emission Control the proper fluid to use. Service. (See footnote †.) ❑ Change manual transmission fluid every 48 000 km (30,000 miles) only if your vehicle is used to tow a trailer. Service and Maintenance 10-11

At Each Fuel Fill Hood Latch Operation Check Weatherstrip Lubrication It is important to perform these Pull the primary hood latch Silicone grease on weatherstrips will underhood checks at each fuel fill. release handle inside the vehicle. make them last longer, seal better, Engine Oil Level Check The secondary latch should keep and not stick or squeak. Apply the hood from opening all the way silicone grease with a clean cloth. Check the engine oil level and when the primary latch is released. During very cold, damp weather add the proper oil if necessary. Make sure the hood closes firmly. more frequent application may be See Engine Oil on page 9-9. See Hood on page 9-5. required. See Recommended Fluids Notice: It is important to check and Lubricants on page 10-15. the engine oil regularly and keep it At Least Once a Month at the proper level. Failure to keep Tire Inflation Check Fluid Level Check the engine oil at the proper level Inspect the tires and make sure Check the power steering pump, rear can cause damage to the engine the tires are inflated to the correct axle, transfer case, and automatic not covered by the vehicle pressures. Do not forget to check the or manual transmission fluid levels warranty. spare tire. See Tires on page 9-43. and add as needed. See Automatic Engine Coolant Level Check Transmission Fluid on page 9-12 At Least Twice a Year or Manual Transmission Fluid on Check the engine coolant level and page 9-14. Check for leaks. A fluid ® Wiper Blade Check add DEX-COOL coolant mixture loss in these systems could indicate if necessary. See Engine Coolant Inspect wiper blades for wear, a problem. Have the system on page 9-19. cracking, or contamination. Clean inspected and repaired at once. Windshield Washer Fluid Level the windshield and wiper blades, Check if contaminated. Replace wiper Check the windshield washer fluid blades that are worn or damaged. level in the windshield washer fluid See Wiper Blade Replacement on reservoir and add the proper fluid if page 9-30 and Exterior Care on necessary. See Washer Fluid on page 9-75 for more information. page 9-24. 10-12 Service and Maintenance

At Least Once a Year Automatic Transmission Shift Ignition Transmission Lock Key Lock Cylinders Service Lock Control System Check Check Lubricate the key lock cylinders While parked, and with the parking with the lubricant speciﬁed in { CAUTION brake set, try to turn the ignition Recommended Fluids and to LOCK/OFF in each shift Lubricants on page 10-15. When you are doing this lever position. inspection, the vehicle could move Seat Operation Check • For automatic transmission suddenly. If the vehicle moves, vehicles, the ignition should Make sure the head restraints stay you or others could be injured. turn to LOCK/OFF only when in position and all seat latches the shift lever is in P (Park). lock. Check that the recliner holds 1. Before starting this check, be sure by pushing and pulling the seatback there is enough room around the • For manual transmission while it is reclined. vehicle. It should be parked on a vehicles, the ignition should level surface. turn to LOCK/OFF only if Body Lubrication Service you push the ignition key in Lubricate all hood latch assembly, 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. farther, while turning it toward secondary latch, pivots, spring See Parking Brake on page 8-33. LOCK/OFF. anchor, release pawl, hood and Be ready to apply the regular body door hinges, rear compartment, Contact your dealer/retailer if brake immediately if the vehicle service is required. and any folding seat hardware. begins to move. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-15 tells 3. With the engine off, turn the you what to use. More frequent ignition to ON/RUN, but do not lubrication might be required when start the engine. Without applying exposed to a corrosive environment. the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with Starter Switch Check normal effort. If the shift lever See Starter Switch Check on moves out of P (Park), contact page 9-30. your dealer/retailer for service. Service and Maintenance 10-13

Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Underbody Flushing Service Transmission P (Park) Mechanism vehicle facing downhill. Keeping At least every spring, use plain water Check your foot on the regular brake, set to ﬂush any corrosive materials from the parking brake. the underbody. Take care to clean { CAUTION • To check the parking brake’s thoroughly any areas where mud and holding ability: With the engine other debris can collect. When you are doing this check, running and transmission in the vehicle could begin to move. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot Periodic Maintenance You or others could be injured pressure from the regular brake Inspections and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is These inspections and services Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. should be performed at least twice a of the vehicle in case it begins to • To check the P (Park) year, for instance, each spring and roll. Be ready to apply the regular mechanism’s holding ability: fall. You should let your dealer/ brake at once should the vehicle With the engine running, shift retailer do these jobs. Make sure any begin to move. to P (Park). Then release the necessary repairs are completed parking brake followed by the at once. regular brake. Contact your dealer/retailer if service is required. 10-14 Service and Maintenance

Proper procedures to perform these • Inspect the complete fuel system • Inspect the complete brake services can be found in a service for damage or leaks. system. Inspect brake lines manual. See Service Publications • Inspect the cooling system and hoses for proper hook-up, Ordering Information on page 12-12. hoses and have them replaced binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, • Inspect the front and rear if they are cracked, swollen or etc. Inspect disc brake pads for suspension and steering system deteriorated. Inspect all pipes, wear and rotors for surface for damaged, loose, or missing fittings and clamps; replace as condition. Inspect other brake parts or signs of wear. Inspect needed. Clean the outside of parts, including calipers, parking power steering cables for proper the radiator and air conditioning brake, etc. You may need to have hook-up, binding, cracks, chafing, condenser. To help ensure proper your brakes inspected more often etc. Clean and then inspect the operation, a pressure test of the if your driving habits or conditions drive axle boot seals for damage, cooling system and pressure cap result in frequent braking. tears, or leakage. Replace seals if is recommended at least once necessary. a year. • Inspect the complete exhaust • Inspect the throttle system for system. Inspect the body near interference or binding, and for the exhaust system. Look for damaged or missing parts. broken, damaged, missing, or Replace parts as needed. out-of-position parts as well as Replace any components that open seams, holes, loose have high effort or excessive connections, or other conditions wear. Do not lubricate accelerator which could cause a heat build-up and cruise control cables. in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on page 8-23. Service and Maintenance 10-15

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certiﬁed for Gasoline Engines starburst Engine Oil symbol. To determine the proper viscosity for the vehicle’s engine, see Engine Oil on page 9-9. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Engine Coolant Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 9-19. Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88862806, in Canada 88862807). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Parking Brake Cable Guides lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Automatic Transmission Fluid WS ATF (GM Part No. U.S. 88863400, Automatic Transmission in Canada 88863401). GM Goodwrench® Synthetic Manual Transmission Fluid Manual Transmission (GM Part No. U.S. 12346190, in Canada 10953477 — 1 quart) or SAE 75W-90 GL-5 gear oil. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) Manual Transmission Shift Linkage or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) Clutch Linkage Pivot Points or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. 10-16 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, Floor Shift Linkage in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) Chassis Lubrication or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12345977, in Canada 10953482) Rear Axle (All-Wheel Drive) or SAE 80W-90 GL-5 gear lubricant. Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 89021669, in Canada 89021670) Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) or SAE 80W-90 GL-5 API Hypoid Gear Lubricant. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, Hood and Door Hinges in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) Weatherstrip Conditioning or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. U.S. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Service and Maintenance 10-17

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identiﬁed below by name, part number, or speciﬁcation can be obtained from your dealer/retailer.

Part GM Part Numbers Other Part Numbers Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 1.8L L4 Engine 88975792 — 2.4L L4 Engine 88975799 — Engine Oil Filter 1.8L L4 Engine* 19185485 — 2.4L L4 Engine 88969580 — Passenger Compartment Air Filter 19184673 — Spark Plugs** 1.8L L4 Engine 19185438 SK20HR11† SK20R11† 2.4L L4 Engine 88969636 IFR6A11†† *Oil Filter Element Kit includes element and seal. **The engine is ﬁtted with iridium-tipped spark plugs. Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs for better engine performance. † DENSO †† NGK 10-18 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance Record Date Serviced By Reading Service and Maintenance 10-19

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Maintenance Record Date Serviced By Reading 10-20 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Maintenance Record Date Serviced By Reading Technical Data 11-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification This label is on the inside of the Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification glove box. It is very helpful if parts Vehicle Identification need to be ordered. The label Number (VIN) ...... 11-1 has the following information: Service Parts Identification • Vehicle Identification ...... 11-1 Label This is the legal identifier for the Number (VIN) vehicle. It appears on a plate in the Vehicle Data • Model designation Capacities and front corner of the instrument panel, Specifications ...... 11-2 on the driver side. It can be seen • Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing .....11-4 through the windshield from outside • Production options and special the vehicle. The VIN also appears on equipment the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of Do not remove this label from the title and registration. vehicle. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code helps identify the vehicle’s engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications on page 11-2 for the vehicle’s engine code. 11-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Speciﬁcations The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-15 for more information.

Capacities Application English Metric For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant caution label located Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a under the hood. See your dealer/retailer for more information. Cooling System 1.8L L4 Engine 5.8 qt 5.5 L 2.4L L4 Engine 6.0 qt 5.7 L Engine Oil with Filter 1.8L L4 Engine 4.4 qt 4.2 L 2.4L L4 Engine 4.5 qt 4.3 L Fuel Tank 13.2 gal 50 L Technical Data 11-3

Capacities Application English Metric Transmission, Automatic (Complete Drain and Refill) 1.8L L4 Engine 3.1 qt 2.9 L 2.4L L4 Engine 3.7 qt 3.5 L Transmission, Manual (Complete Drain and Refill) 1.8L L4 Engine 2.0 qt 1.9 L 2.4L L4 Engine 2.6 qt 2.5 L Wheel Nut Torque 76 lb ft 103 Y All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.

Engine Speciﬁcations Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Automatic 1.8L L4 8 0.043 in (1.10 mm) Manual Automatic 2.4L L4 0 0.043 in (1.10 mm) Manual 11-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.4L L4 Engine

1.8L L4 Engine The 1.8L L4 engine drive belt requires a special tool to service. See your dealer/retailer for service. Customer Information 12-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Information Government ...... 12-13 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects Procedure to the Canadian Government ...... 12-13 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Customer Satisfaction to General Motors ...... 12-14 Pontiac. Normally, any concerns Procedure ...... 12-1 with the sales transaction or the Customer Assistance Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be ...... 12-3 Offices Privacy resolved by the dealer’s sales or Customer Assistance for Vehicle Data Recording Text Telephone (TTY) and Privacy ...... 12-14 service departments. Sometimes, Users ...... 12-4 Event Data Recorders ...... 12-14 however, despite the best intentions Online Owner Center ...... 12-4 OnStar® ...... 12-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings GM Mobility Reimbursement Navigation System ...... 12-15 can occur. If your concern has not Program ...... 12-5 Radio Frequency been resolved to your satisfaction, Roadside Assistance Identiﬁcation (RFID) ...... 12-16 the following steps should be taken: Program ...... 12-6 Radio Frequency Scheduling Service Statement (US, Can) ...... 12-16 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Appointments ...... 12-8 with a member of dealership Courtesy Transportation management. Normally, concerns Program ...... 12-8 can be quickly resolved at that level. Collision Damage Repair .....12-10 If the matter has already been Service Publications reviewed with the sales, service, or Ordering Information ...... 12-12 parts manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager. 12-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Pontiac, case will generally be heard within member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer’s decision given in your case, you may resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest you reject it and proceed with any other further help, in the U.S., call the follow Step One first. venue for relief available to you. Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-762-2737. In STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Both You can contact the BBB Auto Line Canada, call General Motors of General Motors and your dealer are Program using the toll-free telephone Canada Customer Communication committed to making sure you are number or write them at the following Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) completely satisfied with your new address: or 1-800-263-7854 (French). vehicle. However, if you continue to BBB Auto Line Program remain unsatisfied after following the Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the procedure outlined in Steps One and Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your Two, you can file with the BBB Auto 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the Line Program to enforce your rights. Suite 800 following information available to Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Representative: out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business www.dr.bbb.org/goauto • Vehicle Identification Number Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all (VIN). This is available from the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of vehicle registration or title, or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the plate at the top left of the Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage and other instrument panel and visible be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior the right to change eligibility • Dealership name and location. to filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its program is free of charge and your • Vehicle delivery date and present participation in this program. mileage. Customer Information 12-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you eligibility in the Canadian Motor do not feel your concerns have Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices been addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Pontiac encourages customers procedure outlined in Steps One and or call the General Motors to call the toll-free number for Two, General Motors of Canada Customer Communication assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Pontiac, its participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited United States — Customer c/o Customer Communication Assistance has committed to binding arbitration Centre of owner disputes involving General Motors of Canada Limited Pontiac Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center claims. The program provides for 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33172 the review of the facts involved by Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5172 an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Pontiac.com may include an informal hearing 1-800-762-2737 or before the arbiter. The program is by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-833-7668 (For Text designed so that the entire dispute Telephone devices (TTYs)) settlement process, from the time Roadside Assistance: you file your complaint to the final 1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743) decision, should be completed in From Puerto Rico: approximately 70 days. We believe 1-800-496-9992 (English) our impartial program offers 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, From U.S. Virgin Islands: quick, and free of charge. 1-800-496-9994 12-4 Customer Information

Canada — Customer Mexico, Central America and Online Owner Center Assistance Caribbean Islands/Countries (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Online Owner Center (U.S.) — General Motors of Canada Limited www.gmownercenter.com/pontiac Customer Communication Centre, Virgin Islands) — Customer CA1-163-005 Assistance Information and services customized 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, S. de for your speciﬁc vehicle — all in Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. one convenient place. www.gmcanada.com Customer Assistance Center • Digital owner manual, warranty 1-800-263-3777 (English) Paseo de la Reforma #2740 information, and more 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Lomas de Bezares 1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11910, Mexico, D.F. • Online service and maintenance Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-508-0000 records Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0 800 • Find Pontiac dealers for service 1-800-268-6800 Customer Assistance nationwide Overseas — Customer for Text Telephone (TTY) • Exclusive privileges and offers Assistance Users • Recall notices for your speciﬁc Please contact the local General vehicle Motors Business Unit. To assist customers who are deaf, ® hard of hearing, or speech-impaired • OnStar and GM Cardmember and who use Text Telephones Services Earnings summaries (TTYs), Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Pontiac by dialing: 1-800-833-PONT (7668). (TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.) Customer Information 12-5

Other Helpful Links: Here are a few of the valuable tools GM Mobility Pontiac — www.pontiac.com and services you will have access to: Reimbursement Program • My Showroom: Find and save Pontiac Merchandise — information on vehicles and www.pontiacmall.com current offers in your area. Help Center — www.pontiac.com/ • My Dealers/Retailers: Save helpcenter details such as address and • FAQ phone number for each of your • Contact Us preferred GM dealers/retailers. • My Driveway: Access quick links This program, available to qualified My GM Canada to parts and service estimates, applicants, can reimburse you up (Canada) — www.gm.ca check trade-in values, or schedule to $1,000 of the cost of eligible My GM Canada is a a service appointment by adding aftermarket adaptive equipment password-protected section the vehicles you own to your required for your vehicle, such as of www.gm.ca where you can driveway profile. hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift. save information on GM vehicles, • My Preferences: Manage your get personalized offers, and use profile and use tools and forms The offer is available for a very handy tools and forms with with greater ease. limited period of time from the date of greater ease. vehicle purchase/lease. For more To sign up, visit the My GM Canada details, or to determine your vehicle’s section within www.gm.ca. eligibility, visit www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. 12-6 Customer Information

General Motors of Canada • Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided also has a Mobility Program. Identification Number (VIN), and • Emergency Fuel Delivery: Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for for details. TTY users call • Description of the problem the vehicle to get to the nearest 1-800-263-3830. service station. Coverage Roadside Assistance • Lock-Out Service: Service is Services are provided up to Program provided to unlock the vehicle if 5 years/100,000 miles (160 000 km), you are locked out. A remote For U.S. purchased vehicles, call whichever comes first. unlock may be available if you 1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743); (Text In the U.S., anyone driving the have OnStar®. For security telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). vehicle is covered. In Canada, a reasons, the driver must present For Canadian purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without identification before this service is call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is given. not covered. • Emergency Tow From a Public Service is available 24 hours a day, Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the 365 days a year. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Pontiac dealer for Calling for Assistance Pontiac and General Motors of warranty service, or if the vehicle Canada Limited reserve the right to was in a crash and cannot be When calling Roadside Assistance, make any changes or discontinue driven. Assistance is also given have the following information ready: the Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in sand, • Your name, home address, and any time without notification. mud, or snow. home telephone number Pontiac and General Motors of • Telephone number of your Canada Limited reserve the right to location limit services or payment to an owner • Location of the vehicle or driver if they decide the claims are • Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of plate number of the vehicle claim is made many times. Customer Information 12-7

• Flat Tire Change: Service is Services Specific to Canadian • Trip Interruption Benefits provided to change a flat tire Purchased Vehicles and Assistance: Must be over with the spare tire. The spare tire, • Fuel delivery: Reimbursement 250 Kilometres from where your if equipped, must be in good is approximately $5 Canadian. trip was started to qualify. General condition and properly inflated. Diesel fuel delivery may be Motors of Canada Limited It is the owner’s responsibility for restricted. Propane and other requires pre-authorization, the repair or replacement of the fuels are not provided through original detailed receipts, and a tire if it is not covered by the this service. copy of the repair order. Once warranty. authorization has been received, • Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the Roadside Assistance advisor • Battery Jump Start: Service is registration is required. provided to jump start a dead will help you make arrangements battery. • Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive maps of North America are payment. Services Not Included in provided when requested either • Alternative Service: Roadside Assistance with the most direct route or If assistance cannot be provided • Impound towing caused by the most scenic route. There is right away, the Roadside violation of any laws. a limit of six requests per year. Assistance advisor may give you Additional travel information is permission to get local emergency • Legal fines. also available. Allow three weeks road service. You will receive • Mounting, dismounting or for delivery. payment, up to $100, after changing of snow tires, chains, sending the original receipt to or other traction devices. Roadside Assistance. Mechanical • Towing or services for vehicles failures may be covered, however driven on a non-public road or any cost for parts and labor for highway. repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility. 12-8 Customer Information

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, When your vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership if you are unable to wait, GM helps service, contact your dealer/retailer experience, we and our participating to minimize your inconvenience by and request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy providing several transportation scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support options. Depending on the and advising your service consultant program for vehicles with the Bumper circumstances, your dealer can of your transportation needs, your to Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage offer you one of the following: dealer/retailer can help minimize period in Canada) and extended your inconvenience. powertrain, and hybrid speciﬁc Shuttle Service warranty in both the U.S. and If your vehicle cannot be Canada. Shuttle service is the preferred scheduled into the service means of offering Courtesy department immediately, keep Several courtesy transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide driving it until it can be scheduled options are available to assist you with shuttle service to get you for service, unless, of course, the in reducing your inconvenience to your destination with minimal problem is safety-related. If it is, when warranty repairs are required. interruption of your daily schedule. please call your dealership/retailer, Courtesy Transportation is not a This includes one-way or round trip let them know this, and ask for part of the New Vehicle Limited shuttle service within reasonable instructions. Warranty. A separate booklet time and distance parameters of the If the dealer/retailer requests you to entitled “Warranty and Owner dealer’s area. bring the vehicle for service, you Assistance Information” furnished are urged to do so as early in with each new vehicle provides the work day as possible to allow detailed warranty coverage for the same day repair. information. Customer Information 12-9

Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information If your vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at transportation is used instead of that you obtain if your vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your the dealer’s shuttle service, the for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for speciﬁc information expense must be supported by Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy original receipts and can only be up and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will to the maximum amount allowed by receipts. This requires that you sign be administered by appropriate GM for shuttle service. In addition, and complete a rental agreement dealer personnel. for U.S. customers, should you and meet state/provincial, local, arrange transportation through and rental vehicle provider General Motors reserves the right a friend or relative, limited requirements. Requirements vary to unilaterally modify, change or reimbursement for reasonable and may include minimum age discontinue Courtesy Transportation fuel expenses may be available. requirements, insurance coverage, at any time and to resolve all Claim amounts should reﬂect actual credit card, etc. You are responsible questions of claim eligibility pursuant costs and be supported by original for fuel usage charges and may also to the terms and conditions receipts. See your dealer for be responsible for taxes, levies, described herein at its sole information regarding the allowance usage fees, excessive mileage, or discretion. amounts for reimbursement of fuel rental usage beyond the completion or other transportation costs. of the repair. It may not be possible to provide a like-vehicle as a courtesy rental. 12-10 Customer Information

Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts durability/corrosion problems, may also be used for repair. These and may not perform properly in If your vehicle is involved in a parts are typically removed from subsequent collisions. Aftermarket collision and it is damaged, have vehicles that were total losses in parts are not covered by your GM the damage repaired by a qualiﬁed prior crashes. In most cases, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and technician using the proper parts being recycled are from any vehicle failure related to such equipment and quality replacement undamaged sections of the vehicle. parts are not covered by that parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM warranty. repairs diminish your vehicle’s resale part, may be an acceptable choice to value, and safety performance can maintain your vehicle’s originally Repair Facility be compromised in subsequent designed appearance and safety We recommend that you choose a collisions. performance, however, the history of collision repair facility that meets Collision Parts these parts is not known. Such parts your needs before you ever need are not covered by your GM New collision repairs. Your dealer/retailer Genuine GM Collision parts are new Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any may have a collision repair center parts made with the same materials related failures are not covered by with GM-trained technicians and and construction methods as the that warranty. state of the art equipment, or be able parts with which your vehicle was Aftermarket collision parts are to recommend a collision repair originally built. Genuine GM Collision center that has GM-trained parts are your best choice to ensure also available. These are made by companies other than GM and technicians and comparable that your vehicle’s designed equipment. appearance, durability, and safety may not have been tested for your are preserved. The use of Genuine vehicle. As a result, these parts GM parts can help maintain your may ﬁt poorly, exhibit premature GM New Vehicle Warranty. Customer Information 12-11

Insuring Your Vehicle If your vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: company may require you to have Protect your investment in your • Driver’s name, address, phone insurance that assures repairs with GM vehicle with comprehensive number Genuine GM Original Equipment and collision insurance coverage. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or • Driver’s license number There are significant differences in Genuine Manufacturer replacement the quality of coverage afforded by • Owner’s name, address, phone parts. Read your lease carefully, as various insurance policy terms. Many number you may be charged at the end of insurance policies provide reduced your lease for poor quality repairs. • Vehicle license plate protection to your GM vehicle by • Vehicle make, model and limiting compensation for damage If a Crash Occurs model year repairs by using aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies If there has been an injury, call • Vehicle Identification will not specify aftermarket collision emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN) parts. When purchasing insurance, leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. • Insurance company and policy we recommend that you assure your number vehicle will be repaired with GM Move the vehicle only if its position original equipment collision parts. puts you in danger, or you are • General description of the If such insurance coverage is not instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle officer. available from your current insurance Choose a reputable repair facility carrier, consider switching to another Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. insurance carrier. to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in in the crash. this section. For emergency towing see Roadside If the airbag has inflated, see What Assistance Program on page 12-6. Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? on page 2-28. 12-12 Customer Information

Managing the Vehicle Damage have the vehicle repaired with Service Bulletins Genuine GM parts, even if your Repair Process Service Bulletins give additional insurance coverage does not pay technical service information needed In the event that your vehicle the full cost. requires damage repairs, GM to knowledgeably service General recommends that you take an If another party’s insurance company Motors cars and trucks. Each bulletin active role in its repair. If you have is paying for the repairs, you are not contains instructions to assist in a pre-determined repair facility of obligated to accept a repair valuation the diagnosis and service of your choice, take your vehicle there, or based on that insurance company’s vehicle. have it towed there. Specify to the collision policy repair limits, as you facility that any required replacement have no contractual limits with that Owner Information collision parts be original equipment company. In such cases, you can Owner publications are written parts, either new Genuine GM parts have control of the repair and parts speciﬁcally for owners and intended or recycled original GM parts. choices as long as cost stays within to provide basic operational Remember, recycled parts will reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. not be covered by your GM vehicle The owner manual includes the warranty. Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Ordering Information models. but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Depending on your policy limits, your Owner Manual, and Warranty insurance company may initially Service Manuals have the diagnosis Booklet. value the repair using aftermarket and repair information on engines, parts. Discuss this with your repair transmission, axle suspension, RETAIL SELL PRICE: professional, and insist on Genuine brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc. $35.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee GM parts. Remember if your vehicle Without Portfolio: Owner is leased you may be obligated to Manual only. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $25.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee Customer Information 12-13

Current and Past Model Order Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may Forms call the Vehicle Safety Hotline Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Technical Service Bulletins and (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Manuals are available for current Reporting Safety Defects safercar.gov; or write to: and past model GM vehicles. To request an order form, specify to the United States Administrator, NHTSA year and model name of the vehicle. Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington D.C., 20590 ORDER TOLL FREE: If you believe that your vehicle 1-800-551-4123 Monday-Friday has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle safety from safercar.gov. For Credit Card Orders Only death, you should immediately (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit inform the National Highway Helm, Inc. on the World Wide Traffic Safety Administration Reporting Safety Defects Web at: helminc.com (NHTSA) in addition to notifying to the Canadian General Motors. Or you can write to: Government If NHTSA receives similar Helm, Incorporated If you live in Canada, and you complaints, it may open an believe that your vehicle has a safety P.O. Box 07130 investigation, and if it ﬁnds that a Detroit, MI 48207 defect, notify Transport Canada safety defect exists in a group of immediately, in addition to notifying Prices are subject to change vehicles, it may order a recall and General Motors of Canada Limited. without notice and without incurring remedy campaign. However, Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or obligation. Allow ample time for NHTSA cannot become involved write to: delivery. in individual problems between you, your dealer/retailer, or Transport Canada Note to Canadian Customers: All General Motors. Road Safety Branch listed prices are quoted in U.S. 2780 Sheffield Road funds. Canadian residents are to Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 make checks payable in U.S. funds. 12-14 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Transport Canada) in a situation like of an EDR is to record, in certain this, please notify General Motors. Your GM vehicle has a number crash or near crash-like situations, of sophisticated computers that such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-762-2737, or write: record information about the hitting a road obstacle, data that Pontiac Customer Assistance Center vehicle’s performance and how will assist in understanding how a P.O. Box 33172 it is driven. For example, your vehicle’s systems performed. The Detroit, MI 48232-5172 vehicle uses computer modules EDR is designed to record data to monitor and control engine and related to vehicle dynamics and In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 transmission performance, to monitor safety systems for a short period of (English) or 1-800-263-7854 the conditions for airbag deployment time, typically 30 seconds or less. (French), or write: and deploy airbags in a crash and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed General Motors of Canada Limited if so equipped, to provide antilock to record such data as: Customer Communication Centre, braking to help the driver control the • How various systems in your CA1-163-005 vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating 1908 Colonel Sam Drive data to help your dealer/retailer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 technician service your vehicle. • Whether or not the driver and Some modules may also store data passenger safety belts were about how you operate the vehicle, buckled/fastened such as rate of fuel consumption or • How far, if at all, the driver was average speed. These modules may pressing the accelerator and/or also retain the owner’s personal brake pedal preferences, such as radio pre-sets, • How fast the vehicle was traveling seat positions, and temperature settings. Customer Information 12-15

This data can help provide a better as law enforcement, that have the OnStar® understanding of the circumstances special equipment, can read the in which crashes and injuries occur. information if they have access to If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services, Important: EDR data is recorded the vehicle or the EDR. please refer to the OnStar Terms and by your vehicle only if a non-trivial GM will not access this data or Conditions for information on data crash situation occurs; no data is share it with others except: with the collection and use. See also OnStar® recorded by the EDR under normal consent of the vehicle owner or, if System on page 4-23 in this manual driving conditions and no personal the vehicle is leased, with the for more information. data (e.g., name, gender, age, consent of the lessee; in response and crash location) is recorded. to an official request of police or Navigation System However, other parties, such as law similar government office; as part of enforcement, could combine the GM’s defense of litigation through If your vehicle has a navigation EDR data with the type of personally the discovery process; or, as system, use of the system may identifying data routinely acquired required by law. Data that GM result in the storage of destinations, during a crash investigation. collects or receives may also be addresses, telephone numbers, and To read data recorded by an EDR, used for GM research needs or may other trip information. Refer to the special equipment is required, and be made available to others for navigation system operating manual access to the vehicle or the EDR research purposes, where a need is for information on stored data and for is needed. In addition to the vehicle shown and the data is not tied to a deletion instructions. manufacturer, other parties, such speciﬁc vehicle or vehicle owner. 12-16 Customer Information

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identiﬁcation (RFID) Statement (US, Can) RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) connection with conveniences such Rules and with RSS-210/211 of as key fobs for remote door locking/ Industry and Science Canada. unlocking and starting, and in-vehicle Operation is subject to the following transmitters for garage door openers. two conditions: RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal 1. The device may not cause information or link with any other interference. GM system containing personal 2. The device must accept any information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modiﬁcations to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Anti-Theft What Will You See After Alarm System ...... 1-7 Accessories and an Airbag Inflates? ...... 2-28 Appearance Care Modifications ...... 9-3 When Should an Airbag Exterior ...... 9-75 Accessory Power ...... 8-18 Inflate? ...... 2-26 Interior ...... 9-80 Adding Equipment to the Where Are the Airbags? ..... 2-24 Ashtrays ...... 4-8 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 2-35 Airbags Assistance Program, Add-On Electrical Adding Equipment to the Roadside ...... 12-6 Equipment ...... 8-50 Vehicle ...... 2-35 Audio Players ...... 6-9 Adjustments Passenger Status CD ...... 6-9 Seat, Front ...... 2-4 Indicator ...... 4-13 MP3 ...... 6-11 Seat, Initial Drive ...... 2-3 Readiness Light ...... 4-12 Audio System Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 9-16 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-8 Air Filter, Passenger Vehicles ...... 2-34 Audio Systems Compartment ...... 7-4 System Check ...... 2-23 Radio Reception ...... 6-8 Air Vents ...... 7-4 Alarm System Automatic Airbag System Anti-Theft ...... 1-7 Headlamp System ...... 5-3 Check ...... 2-36 All-Wheel Drive ...... 8-31, 9-29 Automatic How Does an Airbag All-Wheel-Drive Service Transmission ...... 8-24, 8-27 Restrain? ...... 2-28 Light ...... 4-18 Fluid ...... 9-12 Passenger Sensing AM-FM Radio ...... 6-4 Manual Mode ...... 8-28 System ...... 2-29 Antenna Auxiliary Devices ...... 6-14 What Makes an Airbag Satellite Radio ...... 6-9 Inflate? ...... 2-27 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 8-32 Warning Light ...... 4-17 i-2 INDEX

B C Child Restraints Infants and Young Battery ...... 9-28 California Children ...... 2-38 Jump Starting ...... 9-69 Fuel Requirements ...... 8-39 Lower Anchors and Tethers Power Protection ...... 5-5 Perchlorate Materials for Children ...... 2-45 Blade Replacement, Wiper .... 9-30 Requirements ...... 9-3 Older Children ...... 2-37 Brakes ...... 9-26 Warning ...... 9-2 Securing ...... 2-51, 2-53 Antilock ...... 8-32 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... ii Systems ...... 2-41 Fluid ...... 9-27 Capacities and Where to Put the Parking ...... 8-33 Speciﬁcations ...... 11-2 Restraint ...... 2-43 Braking ...... 8-4 Carbon Monoxide Cigarette Lighter ...... 4-8 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 8-16 Engine Exhaust ...... 8-23 Circuit Breakers ...... 9-38 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-37 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Climate Control Systems ...... 7-1 Fog Lamps ...... 5-4 Winter Driving ...... 8-9 Cluster, IP ...... 4-9 Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-33 Cargo Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 9-15 Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-32 Cover ...... 3-2 Collision Damage Repair ..... 12-10 Headlamps ...... 9-33 Management System ...... 3-4 Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-68 Headlamps and Parking Tie Downs ...... 3-4 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-3 Lamps ...... 9-33 Cautions, Danger, and Coolant License Plate Lamps ...... 9-36 Warnings ...... iii Engine ...... 9-19 Taillamps ...... 9-35 CD Player ...... 6-9 Engine Temperature Gage ... 4-11 Buying New Tires ...... 9-56 Center Console Storage ...... 3-2 Cooling System ...... 9-19 Chains, Tire ...... 9-61 Courtesy Transportation Charging System Light ...... 4-14 Program ...... 12-8 Check Engine Lamp ...... 4-14 INDEX i-3

Covers Defensive Driving ...... 8-2 E Cargo ...... 3-2 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 6-14 Electrical Equipment Cruise Control ...... 8-36 Dome Lamps ...... 5-4 Add-On Equipment ...... 8-50 Light ...... 4-21 Door Electrical System Cupholders ...... 3-1 Ajar Light ...... 4-21 Engine Compartment Fuse Customer Assistance ...... 12-4 Locks ...... 1-5 Block ...... 9-38 Offices ...... 12-3 Power Locks ...... 1-6 Fuses and Circuit Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Systems Breakers ...... 9-38 Users ...... 12-4 All-Wheel Drive ...... 8-31, 9-29 Instrument Panel Fuse Customer Information Driving Block ...... 9-41 Service Publications Better Fuel Economy ...... 8-2 Overload ...... 9-37 Ordering Information ..... 12-12 Characteristics and Engine Customer Satisfaction Towing Tips ...... 8-44 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-16 Procedure ...... 12-1 Defensive ...... 8-2 Check and Service Engine Drunk ...... 8-3 Soon Lamp ...... 4-14 Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-8 Compartment Overview ...... 9-6 D Hill and Mountain Roads ..... 8-8 Coolant ...... 9-19 Damage Repair, Collision .... 12-10 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 8-11 Coolant Danger, Warnings, and Loss of Control ...... 8-6 Temperature Gage ...... 4-11 Cautions ...... iii Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-6 Cooling System ...... 9-19 Data Recorders Vehicle Load Limits ...... 8-12 Drive Belt Routing ...... 11-4 Event ...... 12-14 Winter ...... 8-9 Daytime Running Exhaust ...... 8-23 Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-2 Oil ...... 9-9 Overheating ...... 9-23 i-4 INDEX

Engine (cont.) Folding Mirrors ...... 1-10 G Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Folding Seatback ...... 2-6 Gages Running While Parked ...... 8-24 Front Seat Position Seats Engine Coolant Starting ...... 8-18 Adjustment ...... 2-3 Temperature ...... 4-11 Entry Lighting ...... 5-5 Front Seats Fuel ...... 4-10 Equipment, Towing ...... 8-49 Adjustment ...... 2-4 Odometer ...... 4-10 Event Data Recorders ...... 12-14 Front Storage ...... 3-2 Speedometer ...... 4-10 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 2-21 Fuel ...... 8-38 Tachometer ...... 4-10 Exterior Care ...... 9-75 Additives ...... 8-40 Trip Odometer ...... 4-10 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 5-1 Economy Driving ...... 8-2 Warning Lights and Filling a Portable Fuel Indicators ...... 4-8 Container ...... 8-43 Gasoline F Filling the Tank ...... 8-41 Speciﬁcations ...... 8-39 Filter Fuels in Foreign General Information Engine Air Cleaner ...... 9-16 Countries ...... 8-40 Service and Maintenance ... 10-1 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 5-3 Gage ...... 4-10 Towing ...... 8-43 Flash-to-Pass ...... 5-2 Gasoline Speciﬁcations ...... 8-39 Vehicle Care ...... 9-2 Flat Tire ...... 9-62 Low Fuel Warning Light ..... 4-20 Glove Box ...... 3-1 Flat Tire, Changing ...... 9-63 Recommended ...... 8-39 GM Mobility Reimbursement Floor Mats ...... 9-83 Requirements, California .... 8-39 Program ...... 12-5 Fluid Fuses Automatic Transmission ..... 9-12 Engine Compartment Fuse Brakes ...... 9-27 Block ...... 9-38 Power Steering ...... 9-24 Fuses and Circuit Washer ...... 9-24 Breakers ...... 9-38 Fog Lamps Instrument Panel Fuse Bulb Replacement ...... 5-4 Block ...... 9-41 Light ...... 4-20 INDEX i-5

H I Lamps (cont.) Headlamps and Parking Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-33 Ignition Positions ...... 8-16 Lamps ...... 9-33 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 5-3 Illumination Control ...... 5-4 License Plate ...... 9-36 Head Restraints ...... 2-2 Immobilizer ...... 1-9 Malfunction Indicator ...... 4-14 Active ...... 2-3 Infants and Young Children, On Reminder ...... 4-20 Headlamps Restraints ...... 2-38 Reading ...... 5-5 Aiming ...... 9-32 Instrument Cluster ...... 4-9 Taillamps ...... 9-35 Automatic ...... 5-3 Instrument Panel ...... 5-4 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 2-18 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-33 Interior Care ...... 9-80 Latch, Lower Anchors and Daytime Running Introduction ...... ii Tethers for Children ...... 2-45 Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-2 LATCH System Flash-to-Pass ...... 5-2 Replacing Parts After a High-Beam On Light ...... 4-20 J Crash ...... 2-51 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 5-2 Jump Starting ...... 9-69 Liftgate Lamps On Reminder ...... 4-20 Carbon Monoxide ...... 1-6 Parking Lamps ...... 9-33 K Lighter, Cigarette ...... 4-8 High-Beam On Light ...... 4-20 Keyless Entry System ...... 1-3 Lighting Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-8 Keys ...... 1-2 Entry ...... 5-5 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 8-8 Lights Hood ...... 9-5 Airbag Readiness ...... 4-12 Hooks and Load Rails ...... 3-4 L Antilock Brake System Horn ...... 4-5 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 9-44 (ABS) Warning ...... 4-17 How to Wear Safety Belts Lamps Charging System ...... 4-14 Properly ...... 2-12 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 5-2 Cruise Control ...... 4-21 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-15 Dome ...... 5-4 Door Ajar ...... 4-21 Exterior Controls ...... 5-1 i-6 INDEX

Lights (cont.) Low Washer Fluid Warning N Engine Oil Pressure ...... 4-19 Light ...... 4-21 Navigation System Flash-to-Pass ...... 5-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Vehicle Data Recording Fog Lamps ...... 4-20 for Children (LATCHE and Privacy ...... 12-15 High-Beam On ...... 4-20 SYSTEM) ...... 2-45 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-16 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 5-2 Low Fuel Warning ...... 4-20 Low Washer Fluid M O Maintenance Warning ...... 4-21 Odometer ...... 4-10 Records ...... 10-18 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-11 Trip ...... 4-10 Replacement Parts ...... 10-17 Security ...... 4-20 Off-Road Maintenance Schedule Service All-Wheel-Drive ...... 4-18 Recovery ...... 8-6 Recommended Fluids Speed Sensitive Power Oil and Lubricants ...... 10-15 Steering (SSPS) Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Scheduled Maintenance ..... 10-3 Warning ...... 4-18 Oil, Engine ...... 9-9 ® Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 4-14 StabiliTrak Indicator ...... 4-18 Older Children, Restraints ...... 2-37 Manual Mode ...... 8-28 Taillamp Indicator ...... 4-21 Online Owner Center ...... 12-4 Manual Transmission ...... 8-29 Tire Pressure ...... 4-19 OnStar® System ...... 4-23 Fluid ...... 9-14 Traction Control System Operation, Infotainment Mirrors (TCS) Warning ...... 4-19 System ...... 6-2 Folding ...... 1-10 Load Rails and Hooks ...... 3-4 Outlets Manual Rearview ...... 1-11 Locks Power ...... 4-6, 4-7 Outlets ...... 4-6, 4-7 Door ...... 1-5 Overheating, Engine ...... 9-23 Power Door ...... 1-6 Power ...... 1-10 Safety ...... 1-6 Monitor System, Tire Loss of Control ...... 8-6 Pressure ...... 9-50 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-20 MP3 ...... 6-11 INDEX i-7

P Privacy Reimbursement Program, GM Radio Frequency Mobility ...... 12-5 Park Identiﬁcation (RFID) ..... 12-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Shifting Into ...... 8-20 Program System ...... 1-3 Shifting Out of ...... 8-22 Courtesy Transportation ..... 12-8 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-37 Parking ...... 8-22 Proposition 65 Warning, Replacement Parts Brake ...... 8-33 California ...... 9-2 Airbags ...... 2-36 Over Things That Burn ...... 8-23 Replacement Parts, Passenger Airbag Status Maintenance ...... 10-17 Indicator ...... 4-13 R Replacing Airbag System ...... 2-36 Passenger Compartment Air Radio Frequency Replacing LATCH System Filter ...... 7-4 Identiﬁcation (RFID) ...... 12-16 Parts After a Crash ...... 2-51 Passenger Sensing System ... 2-29 Statement ...... 12-16 Replacing Safety Belt System Perchlorate Materials Radios Parts After a Crash ...... 2-22 Requirements, California ...... 9-3 AM-FM Radio ...... 6-4 Reporting Safety Defects Power Reception ...... 6-8 General Motors ...... 12-14 Door Locks ...... 1-6 Satellite ...... 6-6 U.S. Government ...... 12-13 Mirrors ...... 1-10 Reading Lamps ...... 5-5 Retained Accessory Protection, Battery ...... 5-5 Rear Seats ...... 2-7 Power (RAP) ...... 8-18 Retained Rear Window Washer/Wiper .... 4-6 Roadside Assistance Accessory (RAP) ...... 8-18 Rearview Mirrors ...... 1-11 Program ...... 12-6 Steering Fluid ...... 9-24 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 2-4 Roof Windows ...... 1-12 Recommended Fluids and Sunroof ...... 1-13 Power Steering Fluid ...... 9-24 Lubricants ...... 10-15 Roof Rack ...... 3-5 Pregnancy, Using Safety Recommended Fuel ...... 8-39 Rotation, Tires ...... 9-55 Belts ...... 2-20 Records Routing, Engine Drive Belt .... 11-4 Maintenance ...... 10-18 Running the Vehicle While Recreational Vehicle Towing ... 9-73 Parked ...... 8-24 i-8 INDEX

S Securing Child Spare Tire Restraints ...... 2-51, 2-53 Compact ...... 9-68 Safety Belts ...... 2-8 Security Specifications and Care ...... 2-22 Light ...... 4-20 Capacities ...... 11-2 Extender ...... 2-21 Vehicle ...... 1-7 Speed Sensitive Power How to Wear Safety Belts Service Steering (SSPS) Properly ...... 2-12 Accessories and Warning Light ...... 4-18 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 2-18 Modifications ...... 9-3 Speedometer ...... 4-10 Reminders ...... 4-11 All-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 4-18 StabiliTrak System ...... 8-35 Replacing After a Crash ..... 2-22 Engine Soon Lamp ...... 4-14 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ..... 4-18 Use During Pregnancy ...... 2-20 Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check ...... 9-30 Safety Defects Reporting Information ...... 10-1 Starting the Engine ...... 8-18 General Motors ...... 12-14 Parts Identification Label .... 11-1 Steering ...... 8-4 U.S. Government ...... 12-13 Publications Ordering Fluid, Power ...... 9-24 Safety Locks ...... 1-6 Information ...... 12-12 Steering Wheel Adjustment ..... 4-4 Safety System Check ...... 2-21 Scheduling Appointments ... 12-8 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 4-4 Satellite Radio ...... 6-6 Service and Maintenance Storage Areas Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 6-9 Records ...... 10-18 Cargo Cover ...... 3-2 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 10-3 Service, Doing Your Own Cargo Management Scheduling Appointments ...... 12-8 Work ...... 9-4 System ...... 3-4 Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Center Console ...... 3-2 Adjustment, Front ...... 2-4 Vehicle ...... 2-34 Front ...... 3-2 Folding Seatback ...... 2-6 Shifting Glove Box ...... 3-1 Head Restraints ...... 2-2 Into Park ...... 8-20 Roof Rack ...... 3-5 Position, Front ...... 2-3 Out of Park ...... 8-22 Stuck Vehicle ...... 8-11 Rear ...... 2-7 Signals, Turn and Sun Visors ...... 1-12 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 2-4 Lane-Change ...... 5-3 Sunroof ...... 1-13 Symbols ...... iii INDEX i-9

T Tires (cont.) U Wheel Alignment and Tachometer ...... 4-10 Uniform Tire Quality Tire Balance ...... 9-60 Taillamp Indicator Light ...... 4-21 Grading ...... 9-58 Wheel Replacement ...... 9-60 Taillamps ...... 9-35 Using this Manual ...... iii When It Is Time for New Text Telephone (TTY) Users .... 12-4 Tires ...... 9-56 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 1-9 Towing Immobilizer ...... 1-9 V Driving Characteristics ...... 8-44 Tire Vehicle Equipment ...... 8-49 Pressure ...... 9-49 Canadian Owners ...... ii General Information ...... 8-43 Tires Control ...... 8-3 Recreational Vehicle ...... 9-73 Buying New Tires ...... 9-56 Load Limits ...... 8-12 Trailer ...... 8-48 Chains ...... 9-61 Personalization ...... 4-21 Vehicle ...... 9-73 Changing ...... 9-63 Security ...... 1-7 Traction Compact Spare ...... 9-68 Towing ...... 9-73 Control System (TCS) ...... 8-33 Designations ...... 9-46 Vehicle Care Control System Warning Different Size ...... 9-58 Tire Pressure ...... 9-49 Light ...... 4-19 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-62 Vehicle Identification Trailer Towing ...... 8-48 Inflation Monitor System .... 9-52 Number (VIN) ...... 11-1 Transmission Inspection ...... 9-54 Service Parts Identification Automatic ...... 8-24, 8-27 Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Label ...... 11-1 Fluid, Automatic ...... 9-12 Pressure Monitor System ... 9-50 Ventilation, Air ...... 7-4 Fluid, Manual ...... 9-14 Rotation ...... 9-55 Visors ...... 1-12 Transportation Program, Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-44 Courtesy ...... 12-8 Terminology and Trip Odometer ...... 4-10 Definitions ...... 9-46 Turn and Lane-Change Uniform Tire Quality Signals ...... 5-3 Grading ...... 9-58 i-10 INDEX

W Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ...... 4-8 Warnings ...... iii Cautions and Danger ...... iii Hazard Flashers ...... 5-3 Washer Fluid ...... 9-24 Washer Fluid, Low Warning Light ...... 4-21 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 9-60 Different Size ...... 9-58 Replacement ...... 9-60 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 9-56 Where to Put the Child Restraint ...... 2-43 Windows ...... 1-11 Power ...... 1-12 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 4-5 Winter Driving ...... 8-9 Wiper Blade Replacement ..... 9-30 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 4-6